Skip to main content

Full text of "The North American review"

See other formats


Published  Monthly.    Volume  180.    Number  2. 


SIXTY-FIFTH  YEAR. 


J>wur\w*    /^./twyS" 


THE 


NOKTH  AMERICAN 
REYIEW. 


EDITED  BY  ALLEN  THORNDIKE  RICE. 


February,  1880. 

I.  The  Catholic  Church  and  Modern  Society.  ..Cardinal  Manning. 
II.  The  Third  Term T.  O.  Howe. 

III.  M.  de  Lesseps  and  his  Canal Rear- Admiral  Daniel  Ammen. 

IV.  Now  and  Then  in  America George  Augustus  Sala. 

V.  The  Emancipation  Proclamation.  ..President  James  C.  Welling. 

VI.  Recent  English  Books ,  Mayo  W.  Hazeltine. 

I.  Sacred  Books  of  China  and  India. 
II.  Machiavelli  and  his  Times. 
III.  The  Home  of  the  Eddas. 


NEW  YOEK: 
D.   APPLETON   AND    COMPANY, 

549  and  551  BROADWAY. 

LONDON:  Sampson  Low,  Marston,  Seablb  &  Rivington. — PARIS:  The  Galignani  Libbaby.' 
BERLIN:   A.  Ashkb  &  Co.— GENEVA:    J.  Cherbultez. — ROME:    Loescher  <fc  Co.— 
MELBOURNE :  W.  Robkbtson.— YOKOHAMA  and  SHANGHAI :  Kblly  &  Walsh. 


TERMS.— Fire  Dollars  a  year.    Single  number,  Fifty  Cents. 


Entered  at  the  Post-Office  at  New  York,  and  admitted  for  transmission  through  the  mails  as  second-class  matter. 


Volume  129  of  the  North  American  Review, 

NOW   READY,   COMPLETE. 


OOTnTTETnTTS- 
JULY. 
Our  Success  at  Paris  in  1878.    Kichabd  C.  McCobmick. 
The  Revolution  in  Russia.    A  Russian  Nihilist. 
The  Public  Schools  of  England.    Part  II.    Thomas  Hughes. 
The  True  Story  of  the  Wallowa  Campaign.    General  O.  O.  Howard. 
The  Psychology  of  Spiritism.    George  M.  Beard. 
The  Education  of  Freedmen.    Part  II.    Harriet  Beecher  Stowe. 
Recent  Essays.    Thomas  Wentworth  Higginson. 

AUGUST. 
The  "Work  and  Mission  of  my  Life.    Part  I.    Richard  Wagner. 
The  Diary  of  a  Public  Man. 
Garrison.    Wendell  Phillips. 
The  Power  of  Dissolution.    Edward  A.  Freeman. 
The  Pounder  of  the  Khedivate.    The  late  John  L.  Stephens. 
The  Future  of  Resumption.    An  Old  Financier. 
Recent  Works  on  Ancient  History  and  Philology.    John  Fiske. 

SEPTEMBER. 

The  Genius  of  Nathaniel  Hawthorne.    Anthony  Trollope. 

The  Standard  of  Value.    Professor  Simon  Newcomb. 

The  Work  and  Mission  of  my  Life.    Part  II.    Richard  Wagner. 

The  Diary  of  a  Public  Man.    Part  II. 

Confession  of  an  Agnostic.    An  Agnostic. 

Intrigues  at  the  Paris  Canal  Congress.    A.  G.  Menocal. 

Three  Important  Publications.    Mayo  W.  Hazeltine. 

OCTOBER. 
The  Woman  Question.    Francis  Parkman. 
Science  and  Humanity.    Frederic  Habrison. 

Louis  Napoleon  and  the  Southern  Confederacy.    Owen  F.  Aldis. 
The  Railway  Problem.    Robert  Gabbett. 
The  Diary  of  a  Public  Man.    Part  III. 

Spencer's  Evolution  Philosophy.    Professor  E.  L.  Youmans. 
Recent  History  and  Biography.    A.  K.  Fiske. 

NOVEMBER. 

The  Other  Side  of  the  Woman  Question.     Julia  Wabd  Howe,  Thomas  Wentwobth 

Higginson,  Lucy  Stone,  Elizabeth  Cady  Stanton,  Wendell  Phillips. 
Malthusianism,  Darwinism,  and  Pessimism.    Professor  Francis  Bowen. 
A  Page  of  Political  Correspondence :  Stanton  to  Buchanan. 
The  Diary  of  a  Public  Man.    Part  IV. 
Tariff  Reactions.    Professor  Abthub  L.  Pebby. 
Some  Recent  Works  of  Fiction.    Edwabd  Egglbston. 

DECEMBER. 

Romanism  and  the  Irish  Race  in  the  United  States.    Part  I.    Jambs  Anthony 
Fboude. 

Young  Men  in  Politics.    Geobge  S.  Boutwell. 

The  Religion  of  To-day. 

Is  Political  Economy  a  Science  P    Profeasoi-  Bonamy  Price. 

English  and  American  Physique.    George  M.  Beard,  M.  D. 

The  Permanence  of  Political  Forces.    Part  I.    Cuthbebt  Mills. 

Recent  Literature.    John  R.  G.  Hassabd. 


Price,  unbound,  $2.50;  bound  in  cloth,  $3.00;  in  half  morocco,  $4.00. 

Sent  by  mail  on  receipt  of  price. 

Address  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW,  New  York. 


THE 


NORTH    AMERICAN 


REVIEW. 


February,  1880. 


No.  279. 


Tros  Tyriusque  raihi  nullo  discrimine  agetur. 


1STEW   YORK: 
D.    APPLETON   AND    COMPANY, 

549    &    551    BROADWAY. 

1880. 


COPYRIGHT   BY 

ALLEN  THOKNDIKE  RICE. 

1880. 


NORTH   AMERICAN   REVIEW. 

No.  CCLXXIX. 


FEBRUARY,    1880. 


THE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  AND  MODERN  SOCIETY. 


1.  The  object  of  this  paper  is  not  speculative  and  abstract,  but 
strictly  concrete  and  practical.  It  is  to  ascertain  what  can  be,  and 
what  ought  to  be,  the  relations  of  the  Church  in  the  nineteenth  cen- 
tury to  the  political  society  of  the  world  in  the  nineteenth  century. 

2.  These  relations  must  be— (1.)  Those  of  amity  ;  or  (2.)  Of  op- 
position ;  or  (3.)  Of  a  mixed  character — that  is,  both  of  amity  and 
of  opposition  : 

I.  First,  let  us  understand  what  is  meant  by  society,  and  then 
by  modern  society. 

1.  By  society  I  mean  the  state  of  man,  or  of  human  life,  in 
the  natural  order  apart  from  faith.  It  has  three  degrees  of  forma- 
tion or  completeness,  namely — (1.)  The  domestic  life  ;  (2.)  The 
civil  life  ;  (3.)  The  political  life  of  a  people  or  nation.  Human 
society  comprehends  all  these  three  stages  or  forms  of  life.  They 
may  be  classed  also  more  briefly  as — (1.)  Private  life  ;  and  (2.) 
Public  life  :  the  private  life  containing  the  domestic  and  social  in 
its  narrower  sense,  the  public  life  containing  the  civil  and  political. 

2.  Now,  neither  mankind  as  a  whole  nor  any  integral  portion  of 
mankind,  such  as  a  people,  race,  or  tribe,  was  ever  yet  a  mere  nu- 
merical multitude,  without  head,  without  social  relations,  or  with- 
out authority. 

"  Nos  numerus  sumus,  et  fruges  consumere  nati"  was  never 
true.     There  were  always  relations  of  inequality,  as  of  parentage, 
vol.  cxxx. — no.  279.  8 


102  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

brotherhood,  age,  strength,  mental   and  bodily,  and  therefore  of 
subjection  and  authority,  which  constitute  organization. 

3.  Men  were  never  all  equal.  The  first  principle  of  1789  is 
false,  and  it  is  the  Trp&rov  ^evdoc  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

4.  There  never  was  and  there  never  could  be  an  "original  com- 
pact."    The  whole  theory  is  a  " chimcera  bombitans  in  vacuo" 

5.  Mankind  was  never  without  organization,  and  therefore 
never  without  subjection  and  authority.  Every  generation  of  men 
reproduces  both  these  elements  in  the  domestic  life  ;  and  no  civil 
or  political  life  is  possible  without  these  conditions.  It  would  be 
anarchy,  and  anarchy  can  not  last ;  it  destroys  itself  by  reaction, 
which  again  reproduces  order  and  authority. 

6.  Authority,  therefore,  is  an  imperishable  element  in  the  con- 
dition and  history  of  man.  Authority  is  not  of  human  creation. 
It  is  in  itself  divine.  When  St.  Thomas  Aquinas  and  others  say 
that  authority  is  given  by  God  immediately  to  society,  and  medi- 
ately by  society  to  the  one  or  to  the  many  who  bear  it,  he  declares 
authority  to  be  Oeodorov — that  is,  from  God — and  in  itself  to  be  a 
divine  creation.  This  is  the  crux  of  modern  society.  It  claims  to 
create  its  own  authority — that  is,  to  be  its  own  creator.  Such  also 
is  St.  Paul's  declaration  :  "  Let  every  soul  be  subject  to  higher 
powers,  for  there  is  no  power  but  of  God  ;  and  those  that  are,  are 
ordained  of  God.  Therefore,  he  that  resisteth  the  power,  resisteth 
the  ordinance  of  God.  And  they  that  resist  purchase  to  themselves 
damnation  "  (Romans  xiii.  1,  2). 

7.  The  theory  of  authority,  as  created  by  a  delegation  from  the 
people,  is  therefore  false.  It  is  a  negation  of  the  truth,  and  an  in- 
version of  the  intellectual  and  moral  order  of  mankind.  The  people 
or  society  of  men  may  designate  the  person,  or  the  family,  or  the 
group  of  persons  who  shall  bear  authority,  but  they  can  not  create 
it ;  nor  can  they,  when  it  is  once  impersonated,  revoke  it  at  their 
mere  will. 

8.  Authority,  as  it  exists  among  men,  has  for  its  root  either 
right  or  might.  It  either  devolves  peacefully  from  sire  to  son,  or 
it  emerges  from  conflict  in  the  hand  of  the  strongest.  Might  be- 
comes right  when  confirmed  by  stability  and  permanence. 

9.  The  authority  of  pure  right  is  the  most  perfect,  but  perhaps  it 
exists  in  unbroken  devolution  only  in  the  sovereignty  of  the  Vicar 
of  Christ.  Might  is  either  the  root  or  the  renewal  of  every  other 
authority  in  the  world.  But  authority  which  begins  in  might  be- 
comes rightful  in  many  ways,  as  in  conquest  followed  by  prescrip- 


THE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  AND  MODERN  SOCIETY.    103 

tion,   by  voluntary   cession,   by  immemorial  possession,   and  the 
like. 

10.  But  the  order  which  arises  from  might  is  better  than  an- 
archy. That  a  rightful  sovereign  be  overturned  is  an  evil,  that 
society  be  overturned  is  worse.  There  is  a  time  when  loyalty  to  a 
dispossessed  prince  ceases  to  be  a  civic  virtue  ;  and  when  a  legiti- 
mate prince  can  not  rightfully  attempt  to  recover  his  throne  by 
force.  If  the  attempt  be  easy  of  accomplishment,  he  may  attempt 
it ;  if  it  be  morally  impossible,  he  ought  not  to  attempt  it ;  if  it  be 
both  possible  and  probable,  he  and  his  subjects  must  use  their  pru- 
dence and  self-denial ;  if  it  be  possible  but  not  probable,  he  ought 
not  to  risk  civil  war,  which  for  an  uncertain  good  brings  certain 
bloodshed  and  misery  upon  his  people.  A  restoration  is  one  more 
revolution,  which  may  indeed  be  made  for  the  welfare  of  a  people, 
but  not  merely  for  the  sake  of  a  person.  "  lieges  propter  regna, 
non  regna  propter  reges." 

11.  A  revolution  is  a  period  of  anarchy  which  can  not  last. 
Order  by  right  or  by  might  will  put  an  end  to  anarchy,  for  anarchy 
is  intrinsically  destructive  to  the  society  of  mankind.  It  is  to  soci- 
ety what  mortal  disease  is  to  the  body. 

12.  But  society  is  imperishable.  Given  man,  society  by  neces- 
sity exists.  Man  out  of  society  is  inhuman  ;  man  never  so  existed. 
Society  is  necessary  to  man,  and  not  only  to  his  perfection  but  to  his 
human  formation  and  development. 

13.  Historians  say  that  a  people  is  happy  which  has  no  history  ; 
for  history  is  the  narrative  of  wars  and  revolutions — that  is,  of  the 
overthrows  of  authority  and  of  order,  and  of  the  perpetual  restora- 
tion of  both. 

14.  Society,  then,  contains  all  the  relations,  bonds,  and  obligations 
of  human  life,  domestic,  civil,  and  political,  and  all  the  duties  and 
affections  which  arise  from  those  relations.  Even  Cicero  could 
say,  "  Omnes  omnium  charitates  patria  una  complectitur"  and  St. 
Thomas  says  that  the  objects  of  the  "  Donum  Pietatis,"  or  gift  of 
piety,  are  "parentes  et  patria"  our  parents  and  our  mother-country. 

15.  From  all  this  I  infer  that  it  is  the  duty  of  every  member  of 
a  commonwealth  to  use  his  utmost  power  to  hinder  all  evil,  and  to 
do  all  good  he  can  to  the  state  or  people  to  which  he  belongs.  These 
are  positive  and  natural  duties  which  he  can  not  fail  to  discharge 
without  culpable  omission,  or  rather  without  a  dereliction,  and  be- 
trayal of  the  highest  natural  duties,  next  after  those  which  he  owes 
immediately  to  God. 


104  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

.<     So  much  for  society,  roughly  and  in  outline. 

II.  Next,  few  words  are  needed  as  to  the  Catholic  Church. 

1.  The  Catholic  Church  is  the  society  of  man  in  the  supernatural 
order. 

2.  It  is  a  perfect  society  in  all  the  sense  and  extension  of  the 
term.  It  has  authority,  subjection,  inequality,  equality,  relations, 
bonds,  obligations,  with  all  the  duties  and  affections  arising  from 
them.  St.  Paul's  analogy  of  the  body  of  a  man  or  the  human  struc- 
ture, with  its  unity  of  life,  its  symmetry,  sympathy,  mutual  needs 
and  reciprocal  services  of  all  its  members,  is  not  only  a  metaphor 
but  a  philosophy.  If  sociology  were  capable  of  a  scientific  sense,  it 
would  be  the  philosophy  of  society. 

3.  As  natural  society  develops  man  in  the  natural  order,  so  the 
Church  perfects  man  both  in  the  natural  and  in  the  supernatural 
order. 

4.  But  the  Church  not  only  perfects  man  or  individuals,  both  in 
nature  and  in  grace,  but  it  perfects  the  natural  society  of  man  also, 
in  all  its  relations  of  private  and  public  life. 

5.  The  Church  elevates,  preserves,  and  perfects  the  domestic  and 
public  life  of  natural  society.  In  Athens  and  in  Rome,  the  two 
culminating  points  of  natural  civilization,  society  had  almost  died 
out  by  the  gangrene  which  had  eaten  away  the  domestic  and  moral 
life  of  men. 

6.  There  is  therefore  a  divine  obligation  binding  the  Church  to 
enter  into  the  most  intimate  relations  with  the  natural  society  or 
commonwealth  of  men,  or,  in  other  words,  with  peoples,  states,  and 
civil  powers. 

7.  This  is  the  principle  implied  in  St.  Paul's  words  in  the  xiii. 
chapter  of  the  Epistle  to  Romans,  and  in  his  injunction  to  Timothy 
that  prayers  "  be  made  for  all  men,  for  kings,  and  for  all  that  are  in 
high  station,  that  we  may  lead  a  quiet  and  peaceful  life  "  (1  Tim- 
othy ii.  1,  2). 

8.  And  this  is  the  cause  why  the  Church  has  in  every  age  striven 
to  direct  not  the  life  of  individual  men  only,  but  the  collective  life 
of  nations  in  their  organized  forms  of  republics,  monarchies,  and 
empires. 

9.  So  long  as  the  world  was  heathen,  it  could  only  convert  indi- 
viduals and  sanctify  households.  The  state  was  at  war  with  the 
Church  ;  there  was  a  conflict  of  laws,  and  an  irreconcilable  conflict 
of  aims  and  actions.     No  cooperation  could  exist  between  them. 


THE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  AND  MODERN"  SOCIETY.    105 

10.  As  soon  as  the  society  of  the  empire  became  Christian,  the 
Church  penetrated  all  its  legislative  and  executive  actions.  The 
temporal  power  of  the  Pontiffs  is  the  providential  condition  under 
which  the  Church  has  fulfilled  its  mission  to  human  society. 

11.  The  domestic,  civil,  and  political  life  of  man  became  Chris- 
tian, and  the  Church  enveloped  the  natural  society  of  man  in  its 
own  unity. 

12.  The  union  of  the  two  societies  was  so  complete  that,  as  a 
whole,  every  member  of  the  empire  was  a  member  of  the  Church, 
and  every  member  of  the  Church  was  a  member  of  the  empire. 
They  were  concentric,  coextensive,  and  coincident. 

13.  The  civil  and  ecclesiastical  discipline  was  so  coincident  and 
concurrent  that  a  heretic  was  "  vitandus  " — to  be  avoided  by  all 
citizens  as  by  all  Christians.  He  not  only  forfeited  his  civil  rights, 
but  was  put  beyond  the  pale  and  commerce  of  human  society.  He 
was  like  the  leper  in  Israel,  whom  no  man  could  touch  without  be- 
coming legally  unclean.  No  man  could  give  to  the  heretic  fire  or 
water. 

14.  When  this  coincidence  ceased  in  part  to  exist,  Pope  Martin 
V.,  in  the  Council  of  Constance,  relaxed  the  obligations  of  avoiding 
the  inevitable  commerce  and  contact  with  heretics  in  civil  and  po- 
litical life.  It  was  lawful  to  communicate  with  heretics  in  all  things 
except  only  in  religion.  "  Oommunicatio  in  sacris  "  is  intrinsically 
evil.  It  involves  at  least  implicit  communion  in  heresy.  But  out- 
side of  that  circle,  which  is  divine,  the  faithful  could,  without  cen- 
sure, converse  and  cooperate  with  their  fellow  citizens  in  all  lawful 
things  of  the  political  order. 

15.  The  Church,  therefore,  continued  to  hold  relations  with  those 
who  had  departed  from  the  faith,  except  when  nominally  excom- 
municated, that  is  by  name,  in  all  things  outside  of  the  faith  itself. 

16.  But  this  divergence  of  the  two  societies  was  not  any  change 
on  the  part  of  the  Church,  which  by  divine  guidance  is  immutable. 
It  was  the  falling  away  of  men  from  the  unity  of  the  faith.  And 
this  divergence  has  extended  itself  continually  for  the  last  three 
hundred  years. 

17.  Nevertheless,  the  Church  never  withdraws  from  the  state  as 
such  ;  which  would  be  to  abandon  the  natural  society  of  man  to 
its  own  maladies  and  mortality. 

18.  It  continues  always  to  save  and  to  uphold  it,  and,  without 
taking  the  contagion,  it  is  in  contact  with  its  maladies,  to  heal  them. 
For  this  cause,  while  it  permits  the  sons  of  heretics  to  frequent  its 


106  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN'  REVIEW. 

own  schools,  it  forbids,  as  Reiffenstuel,  Ferraris,  and  the  Canonists 
show,  Catholic  parents  to  send  their  sons  to  the  schools  of  those 
who  are  out  of  the  faith  (Ferraris,  Bib.  Can.  Haereticus,  s.  19). 

19.  From  this  it  is  inferred — 

(1.)  That  perpetual  hostility  to  the  political  order  of  any  state 
is  no  duty  of  the  Church,  unless  such  political  order  should  be  in- 
trinsically anti-Christian  or  anti-Catholic. 

(2.)  That  indiscriminate  opposition  to  any  political  order  is  not 
lawful  nor  reasonable.  Order  as  such  is  from  God.  Its  disorders, 
revolutionary  or  ant i- Christian,  are  maladies  and  transient  condi- 
tions, which  need  to  be  opposed  with  a  specific  resistance,  while  the 
political  order  itself  is  respected  and  obeyed. 

(3.)  That  perpetual  abstention  from  exercising  the  duties  of  citi- 
zens can  not  be  justified. 

It  is — 1.  An  abdication  of  a  natural  duty. 

2.  A  virtual  and  inevitable  separation  of  Church  and 
state,  which  is  condemned  in  the  Syllabus — that  is,  the 
separation  of  the  two  societies  which  God  willed  should 
be  united,  for  the  peace  of  the  one  and  for  the  perfec- 
tion of  the  other. 

20.  Therefore,  in  every  society  or  commonwealth  which  may  be 
suffering  from  temporary  anarchy,  or  revolution,  or  conquest,  or 
usurpation,  the  duty  of  using  all  civil  powers  and  privileges  still 
within  reach  for  the  welfare  of  the  people,  for  the  restoration  of 
authority,  and  for  the  maintenance  of  order,  is  a  Christian  and  a 
Catholic  duty. 

III.  We  now  come  to  define  what  is  meant  by  modern  society. 

1.  Modern  society  is  the  old  society  of  the  Christian  world 
mutilated  by  the  character  forced  upon  it  by  the  last  three  hundred 
years  : 

1.)  First,  by  the  so-called  Reformation  which,  wheresoever  it 
prevailed,  destroyed  the  Catholic  unity,  and  extinguished  the  Catho- 
lic mind  of  the  Christian  society. 

2.)  Secondly,  by  the  principles  of  1789,  which  were  not  a  mere 
local  formula  of  French  opinion,  but  a  dogmatic  theory  of  revolu- 
tion, promulgated  by  its  pretentious  authors  for  all  nations.  It  has 
now,  in  fact,  directly  and  indirectly  pervaded  the  whole  political 
society  of  modern  Europe. 

3.)  Thirdly,  by  the  recent  international  settlement  or  law  which 
has  admitted  the  kingdom  of  Italy  with  Rome  as  capital,  and  there- 


THE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  AND  MODERN  SOCIETY.   107 

fore  with  the  usurpation  of  the  rights  and  sovereignty  of  the  Pon- 
tiffs, into  the  commonwealth  of  European  states  ;  and,  so  far  as  any 
jus  gentium  now  survives,  into  the  diplomacy  of  Europe. 

2.  Modern  society,  therefore,  is  not  the  natural  society  of  the 
world  before  Christianity,  nor  is  it  the  society  of  Christendom  when 
the  two  societies  were  in  amity,  and  coincidence  of  law  and  of  inten- 
tion, but  it  is  the  political  society  of  the  natural  order,  fallen  from 
the  unity  of  faith,  communion,  and  obedience  to  the  divine  voice  of 
the  Church,  revolutionary  in  its  political  creed  and  practice,  and 
either  in  open  usurpation,  or  in  culpable  connivance  at  the  usurpa- 
tion, of  the  sacred  rights  and  sovereignty  of  the  Vicar  of  Christ. 

IV.  From  these  premises  it  follows  : 

1.  That  the  Catholic  Church  can  only  partially  hold  political 
relations  with  such  states  in  Europe  as  have  departed  from  the 
Catholic  unity.  They  have  either  set  up  regalism,  as  in  England, 
Denmark,  and  Sweden  ;  or  Csesarism,  as  in  Prussia.  In  so  far  as 
they  have  departed  from  the  jurisprudence  of  Catholic  Christen- 
dom, they  have  rendered  relations  of  cooperation  impossible.  But 
the  Church  can  still  hold  relations  with  the  domestic,  social,  and 
civil  life  of  those  countries  in  all  that  is  of  the  natural  order  of 
mankind. 

2.  That  the  Church  can  hold  no  relations  with  the  revolutionary 
politics  of  France  and  Italy,  in  so  far  as  they  are  founded  upon  the 
principles  of  1789. 

3.  But  that  it  can  and  ought  always  to  hold  relations  with  the 
commonwealths  of  those  countries,  and  of  all  countries  in  all 
things  of  the  natural  order,  rejecting  only  the  violations  of  that 
order,  and  their  consequent  antagonism  to  the  divine  law.  In  so 
far  as  these  states  put  off  their  anti-Catholic  and  anti-Christian  at- 
titude toward  the  faith  and  the  Church,  in  that  measure  they  return 
to  the  state  of  simple  natural  society,  with  which  the  Church  is  not 
only  able  but  is  bound  to  maintain  relations  of  amity  and  of  co- 
operation. 

4.  It  follows  further  that,  in  proportion  as  the  civil  powers  of 
any  state  are  under  the  dominion  of  an  erroneous  religion,  or  of  a 
schism,  or  of  a  royal  supremacy,  or  of  an  imperial  despotism,  or  of 
an  anti-Christian  revolution,  the  Church  can  hold  no  relations  with 
them.  It  can  not  cooperate  with  or  condone  the  Lutheran  or  Cal- 
vinistic  heresies,  or  the  Anglican  schism,  or  the  Thirty-nine  Articles 
of  Queen  Elizabeth,  or  the  Four  Articles  of  1682,  or  the  Organic 


108  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

Articles  of  the  first  Napoleon,  or  the  Russian  Holy  Ecclesiastical 
Synod,  or  the  Falk  laws,  and  the  like.  But,  under  all  these,  there 
lies  the  commonwealth  or  natural  society  in  all  its  domestic,  social^ 
and  civil  relations.  "With  this  in  all  the  regions  of  its  life  and  con- 
ditions of  its  welfare  the  Church  sympathizes  and  cooperates  for 
the  common  good — and  that  because  even  toward  such  states  as 
these  the  Church  has  duties,  such  as  (1.)  First,  to  guard  and  to  con- 
serve all  of  Christian  faith  and  morals  that  still  remains  in  them  ; 
(2.)  Secondly,  to  minimize  all  the  evils  of  their  legislation  or  govern- 
ment ;  and  (3.)  Thirdly,  to  recall  them  by  all  influences  to  a  better 
condition. 

5.  In  proportion  as  the  civil  powers  release  themselves  from  the 
dominion  and  perversion  of  the  influences  which  are  antagonistic  to 
the  Church  and  hostile  to  the  faith — in  proportion,  that  is,  as  the 
state  returns  to  its  purely  and  simply  natural  order — the  repulsions 
and  barriers  which  made  unity  and  cooperation  impossible  will  cease 
to  exist,  and  the  Church  can  then  draw  its  relations  more  and  more 
closely  and  intimately  to  the  national  commonwealth.  Such  is,  in 
the  main,  the  condition  of  the  Catholic  Church  in  the  United  States. 

6.  The  best  example  I  know  of  a  commonwealth  which  has  lost 
its  Catholic  perfection,  without  losing  its  traditional  but  imperfect 
Christianity,  and  has  at  the  same  time  returned  in  great  part  to  the 
natural  order— that  is,  to  the  truths  of  natural  religion  and  to  the 
four  cardinal  virtues — may  be  said  to  be  the  British  Empire,  and 
especially  in  some  of  its  more  recent  colonies.  There  exists  in  it 
nowhere  at  this  time  a  penal  law  in  matters  of  religion.  The  Catho- 
lic Church  has  all  its  spiritual  liberties  ;  no  man  can  be  molested  for 
his  faith.  There  exists,  so  far  as  I  know,  no  bar  to  the  participation 
of  Catholics  in  any  of  the  regions  of  the  national  life,  domestic,  so- 
cial, civil,  and  political,  excepting  only  the  Crown  and  the  oflice  of 
High  Chancellor  in  England.  With  few  exceptions  such  as  the 
Divorce  Court  and  the  presentation  to  livings  in  the  Established 
Church,  and  the  like,  there  is,  so  far  as  I  remember,  no  branch  of 
the  public  life  and  service  of  our  commonwealth  into  which  a  Cath- 
olic, with  a  safe  conscience,  can  not  enter.  He  may  sit  in  Parlia- 
ment, he  may  dispense  justice  in  Westminster  Hall,  he  may  serve 
and  command  in  the  army  and  the  navy,  he  may  hold  any  civil  or 
political  office  under  Government,  he  may  partake  in  the  whole  world 
of  finance  and  commerce.  There  is  nothing  outside  of  the  unity  of 
the  faith  and  of  the  Church  in  which  a  Catholic  in  the  British  Em- 
pire may  not  be  a  citizen  and  a  patriot,  as  there  is  nothing  within 


THE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  AND  MODERN  SOCIETY.  109 

that  unity  in  which,  he  can  yield  a  hair's  breadth  without  betraying 
his  fidelity,  and  deserving  the  worst  of  names,  or  at  least  that  of  a 
liberal  Catholic. 

V.  1.  If,  then,  the  Church  be  bound  by  its  divine  mission  to  con- 
serve, to  consecrate,  and  to  cooperate  with  the  natural  society  of 
man,  then  the  withdrawal  of  Catholics  from  the  active  service  of 
the  commonwealth,  and  the  non-fulfillment  of  the  duties  of  citizens 
and  patriots,  is  a  dereliction  of  duty,  and  unlawful  in  itself. 

2.  In  England,  so  long  as  penal  laws  excluded  Catholics  from 
all  careers  of  civil  and  political  life,  there  was  no  doubt  as  to  their 
duty.  Catholics  had  only  to  maintain  inflexibly  their  unity  of  faith. 
It  is  not,  perhaps,  to  be  wondered  at  that  they  regarded  the  civil 
powers — and  the  whole  nation — as  antagonists,  with  whom  they 
could  hardly  hold  any  relations  of  amity  or  of  cooperation. 

3.  Nor  is  it,  perhaps,  a  wonder  that,  after  the  abolition  of  penal 
laws,  the  same  antagonism  should  continue  as  a  personal  sentiment, 
and  that  Catholics  should  feel  no  ambition  and  no  desire,  perhaps 
even  no  willingness,  to  enter  into  the  careers  of  civil  and  political 
life.  Such  is  the  feeling  of  many  among  the  faithful  Irish  race  who 
can  not  forget  or  forgive.the  wrongs  of  their  past  history.  It  is  no 
wonder,  but  it  is  a  disaster,  for  thereby  the  whole  administration  of 
the  commonwealth  is  left  in  the  hands — I  will  not  say  of  antago- 
nists, but — of  their  non-Catholic  countrymen.  The  penal  laws  have 
been  abolished  for  half  a  century,  but  as  yet  Catholics  are  only  en- 
tering slowly  into  civil  careers,  and  no  Catholic  holds  any  political 
office  of  importance.  The  whole  constituency  of  England,  Scotland, 
and  Wales,  does  not  return  a  single  Catholic  to  Parliament.  Twenty 
years  ago  Catholics  could  hardly  be  induced  to  sign  a  petition  to 
Parliament,  or  to  take  part  in  any  public  movements  even  of  na- 
tional beneficence.  This  was  an  unwise  abstention,  and  canceled 
their  weight  in  the  public  action  of  the  country.  It  was  socially 
and  civilly  la  politique  (Peffacement,  which  their  enemies  most  de- 
sire to  perpetuate. 

4.  In  France,  inasmuch  as  the  whole  population,  less  only  about 
one  million  out  of  thirty-eight,  is  nominally  Catholic,  the  public  life 
of  the  nation  is  in  the  hands  of  Catholics.  Nevertheless,  in  every 
political  election  the  abstention  of  a  large  proportion  of  voters,  in- 
cluding the  peaceful,  the  unambitious,  and  the  retiring,  who  are  also 
for  the  most  part  certainly  Catholics,  has  left  the  effective  Govern- 
ment of  France  in  the  hands  of  the  anti-clerical  parties,  who  are 


110  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

also  exaggerated  republicans,  and  without  faith  at  least,  if  they  be 
not  formally  anti- Christian.  And  this  evil  has  been  greatly  aggra- 
vated by  the  divisions  and  rivalries  among  the  sections  of  the  Con- 
servative party,  in  which,  if  anywhere,  the  sounder  Catholic  politi- 
cians are  or  ought  to  be  found.  The  sympathies  of  Catholics  are 
rather  with  monarchy,  royal  or  imperial,  than  with  republicanism  ; 
but,  the  Imperialists  and  Legitimists  being  divided,  the  whole  con- 
trol of  the  political  life  of  France  is  left  to  the  Republican  party, 
which  contains  within  itself  an  extreme  section,  subversive  of  all 
relations  between  the  commonwealth  of  France  and  the  Catholic 
Church.  It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  republicanism  of 
France  is  not  the  republicanism  of  Switzerland,  nor  of  the  United 
States.  If  the  last  outlines  of  the  Catholic  tradition  of  France  are 
to  be  preserved  in  its  civil  and  political  order,  it  can  only  be  done 
by  a  complete  union  of  all  the  conservative  sections  against  their 
direct  and  natural  antagonist,  namely  the  anti-Christian  animosity 
of  French  republicanism.  While  Imperialists  and  Orleanists  and 
Legitimists  are  contending  in  the  vain  hope  of  impossible  restora- 
tions, the  anti-clerical  and  anti-Christian  party  is  becoming  numer- 
ous, organized,  and  dominant.  It  is  at  this  moment  striving  for  the 
supremacy  and  the  lead  of  the  Republican  majority  in  the  Chamber 
and  the  Senate,  and,  this  once  attained,  it  will  dominate  over  all 
political  opposition,  and  dictate  the  secularization  of  all  education 
from  the  universities  to  the  primary  schools,*  the  abolition  of  the 
budget  of  the  clergy,  including  the  subvention  to  the  seminaries, 
the  withdrawal  of  chaplains  from  the  army  and  the  navy,  and  the 
complete  dechristianization  of  the  whole  civil  and  political  order 
of  France.  The  France  of  St.  Louis  would  then  become,  not  the 
United  States  of  America,  which  are  just  and  tolerant  in  religion, 
but  the  France  of  Voltaire  and  Rousseau. 

But  into  this  subject,  which  I  give  only  as  an  illustration,  I 
will  not  enter  further.  I  will  conclude  by  reciting  the  teaching  of 
Leo  XIII.  in  the  Encyclical  of  1878.  Leo  XIII.  affirms  the  divine 
origin  of  authority  by  drawing  out  a  beautiful  analogy  of  the  di- 
vine monarchy  in  the  celestial  and  ecclesiastical  hierarchies  :  "  It  is 
plain  the  Church  does  wisely  in  impressing  upon  the  people  sub- 
ject to  authority  the  apostolic  precept :  '  There  is  no  power  but 
from  God  ;  and  those  that  are,  are  ordained  of  God.  Therefore  he 
that  resisteth  the  power,  resisteth  the  ordinance  of  God.     And  they 

*  Since  this  was  written  in  1869  the  Empire  fell,  and  the  Ferry  bill  has  fulfilled 
the  foresight. 


THE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  AND  MODERN  SOCIETY.  Ill 

that  resist  purchase  to  themselves  damnation.'  And  again  he  ad- 
monishes those  ' subject  by  necessity'  to  be  so  'not  only  for  wrath 
but  also  for  conscience'  sake,'  and  to  render  '  to  all  men  their  dues  ; 
tribute  to  whom  tribute  is  due,  custom  to  whom  custom,  fear  to 
whom  fear,  honor  to  whom  honor.'  For  he  who  created  and  gov- 
erns all  things  has  in  his  wise  providence  ordained  that  all  should 
occupy  their  proper  places,  the  lower  beneath  the  middle,  and  the 
middle  below  the  highest.  As,  therefore,  in  the  heavenly  kingdom 
itself  he  has  decreed  that  there  should  be  distinct  orders  of  angels, 
some  subject  to  others  ;  and  as  in  the  Church  he  has  instituted  va- 
rious orders,  and  diversity  of  offices,  not  all  being  apostles,  or  doc- 
tors, or  pastors,  so  also  has  he  appointed  that  there  should  be  in 
civil  society  many  orders,  distinguished  by  their  rank,  privileges,  and 
power ;  so  that  the  state,  like  the  Church,  should  be  one  body, 
comprising  many  members,  some  more  noble  than  others,  but  all 
mutually  necessary,  and  all  concerned  for  the  common  good." 

Next  he  warns  all  Governments  that  their  peril  is  in  their  an- 
tagonism to  the  tradition  of  Christian  civilization,  and  that  their 
only  way  of  safety  is  in  renewing  their  relations  with  it :  "  And 
therefore,  venerable  brethren,  we,  upon  whom  the  government  of 
the  whole  Church  rests,  as  at  the  commencement  of  our  pontificate 
we  pointed  out  to  the  nations  and  princes  exposed  to  the  fury  of  the 
tempest  the  place  of  refuge  where  they  might  best  seek  for  safety, 
now  again,  moved  by  the  extremity  of  the  impending  peril,  raise 
to  them  once  more  our  apostolic  voice,  and  entreat  them,  for  the 
sake  of  their  own  and  their  people's  welfare,  to  hearken  to  and  obey 
the  Church,  which  has  done  so  much  to  maintain  the  prosperity  of 
kingdoms,  reminding  them  that  the  principles  of  religion  and  of 
government  are  so  identified,  that  anything  that  injures  religion 
must  needs  injuriously  affect  the  loyalty  of  the  subject  and  the 
majesty  of  government.  And  inasmuch  as  they  must  well  know 
that  there  is  in  the  Church  of  Christ  a  power  to  avert  the  plague  of 
socialism,  which  is  not  to  be  found  either  in  human  laws,  or  in  the 
rigor  of  magistrates,  or  in  the  force  of  arms,  we  exhort  them  to  re- 
store that  Church  to  that  position  of  liberty  in  which  she  may  best 
exercise  her  saving  influence  for  the  benefit  of  all  human  society. 

"  But  this  audacity  of  perfidious  men,  which  threatens  greater 
ruin  to  civil  society,  and  strikes  the  minds  of  all  with  anxious  fear, 
derives  its  cause  and  origin  from  those  poisonous  doctrines  which, 
scattered  in  former  times  like  corrupt  seed  among  the  peoples,  have 
borne  such  pestilential  fruit  in  their  season.     For  you,  venerable 


112  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW, 

brethren,  very  well  know  that  the  object  of  the  war  which  ever 
since  the  sixteenth  century  has  been  waged  by  innovators  against 
the  Catholic  faith,  and  which  has  every  day  increased  in  intensity 
down  to  the  present  time,  has  been  that,  by  the  setting  aside  of  all 
revelation,  and  the  subversion  of  every  kind  of  supernatural  order, 
an  entrance  might  be  cleared  for  the  discoveries,  or  rather  the  de- 
lirious imaginations  of  mere  reason.  This  kind  of  error,  which 
wrongly  usurps  the  name  of  reason,  as  it  elicits  and  sharpens  the 
desire  of  superiority,  naturally  implanted  in  man,  and  gives  a  loose 
rein  to  desires  of  every  kind,  has  spontaneously  penetrated  to  the 
wildest  extent  not  only  a  multitude  of  minds,  but  civil  society  itself. 
Hence  it  has  come  to  pass  that,  by  a  novel  impiety,  unheard  of  even 
among  the  heathen  nations,  states  have  been  constituted  without 
taking  any  account  of  God  and  of  the  order  established  by  him  ;  it 
has  been,  moreover,  declared,  that  public  authority  derives  neither 
its  principle  nor  its  majesty  nor  its  power  of  command  from  God, 
but  rather  from  the  multitude  of  the  people — which,  thinking  it- 
self absolved  from  all  divine  sanction,  has  determined  to  acknowl- 
edge only  those  laws  which  itself  has  framed  according  to  its  own 
good  pleasure." 

5.  The  social  and  political  evils  which  are  undermining  the 
Christian  society  of  the  world  culminate  in  one  master  evil,  which 
again  is  prolific  of  all  evils  ;  an  evil  which  reproduces  and  perpetu- 
ates the  whole  tradition  of  apostasy  from  the  Christian  name.  The 
state  is  everywhere  claiming  the  education  and  formation  of  men. 
Christianity  is  expelled  from  that  formation.  Boys,  youths,  men, 
and  nations  will,  if  the  Falk  laws  and  the  Ferry  bills  prevail,  here- 
after grow  up  in  Germany,  and  France  so  far  as  the  public  laws  can 
accomplish,  without  Christian  faith  or  Christian  morals.  The  state 
education  is  the  formation  of  men  "without  Christ  and  without 
God  in  the  world."  And  that  is  the  truest  description  of  pagan- 
ism. Man  without  God  ends  in  political  Caesarism  and  the  deifica- 
tion of  the  civil  power.  On  this,  Leo  XIII.  says :  "  The  supernatural 
verities  of  faith  having  been  impugned  and  rejected  as  if  they  were 
inimical  to  reason,  the  Author  and  Redeemer  himself  of  the  human 
race  has  been,  insensibly  and  little  by  little,  forcibly  banished  from 
the  universities,  the  lyceums,  the  gymnasiums,  and  from  every  pub- 
lic institution  connected  with  the  life  of  man.  Finally,  the  rewards 
and  punishments  of  the  future  and  eternal  life  being  relegated  to 
oblivion,  the  ardent  desire  of  happiness  has  been  confined  within 
the  span  of  this  present  life.     These  doctrines  having  been  dissemi- 


THE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  AND  MODERN  SOCIETY.   113 

nated  far  and  wide,  this  so  great  license  of  thought  and  action  be- 
ing everywhere  introduced,  it  is  no  wonder  that  men  of  the  lowest 
class,  weary  of  a  poor  home  or  workshop,  should  desire  to  invade 
the  palaces  and  fortunes  of  the  rich ;  it  is  no  wonder  that  there 
now  exists  no  tranquillity  in  public  or  private  life,  and  that  the  hu- 
man race  has  nearly  reached  its  lowest  depth." 

In  1869 — before  the  opening  of  the  Vatican  Council — the  fol- 
lowing words  were  written.  They  still  describe  the  state  of  Europe 
at  this  day.  There  is  not  a  Government  in  Europe,  except  our  own, 
that  did  not  use  its  influence  against  the  Council  and  the  Catholic 
Church.  There  is  not  a  Government  at  this  day,  except  our  own, 
which  has  not  a  social  revolution  at  its  back,  urging  it  on  toward 
manifest  dangers  and  perhaps  toward  its  ruin  : 

"  A  moment's  thought  will  be  enough  to  explain  why  no  civil 
Government  was  invited  to  attend.  What  Government,  at  this  day, 
professes  to  be  Catholic  ?  How  should  any  Government  which  does 
not  even  claim  to  be  Catholic  be  invited  ?  What  country  in  Europe, 
at  this  day,  recognizes  the  unity  and  authority  of  the  Catholic 
Church  as  a  part  of  its  public  laws  ?  What  country  has  not,  by 
royal  edicts,  or  legislative  enactments,  or  revolutionary  changes, 
abolished  the  legal  status  of  the  Catholic  Church  within  its  terri- 
tory ?  On  what  plea,  then,  could  they  be  invited  ?  As  govern- 
ments or  nations  they  have  by  their  own  act  withdrawn  themselves 
from  the  unity  of  the  Church.  As  moral  or  legal  persons  they  are 
Catholic  no  longer.  The  faithful,  indeed,  among  their  subjects  will 
be  represented  in  the  Council  by  their  pastors  ;  and  their  pastors  are 
not  only  invited,  but  obliged  to  be  present.  If  any  separation  has 
taken  place,  it  is  because  the  civil  powers  have  separated  themselves 
from  the  Church.  They  have  created  the  fact,  the  Holy  See  has 
only  recognized  it.  The  gravity  of  the  fact  is  not  to  be  denied.  It 
is  strange,  that,  with  the  immutability  of  the  Church,  and  the  *  prog- 
ress,' as  it  is  vaunted,  of  society  before  their  eyes,  men  should  charge 
upon  the  Church  the  responsibility  of  breaking  its  relations  with 
society.  The  Church  at  one  and  the  same  time  is  accused  of  immo- 
bility and  of  change.  It  is  not  the  Church  which  has  departed  from 
unity,  science,  liberty  ;  but  society  which  has  departed  from  Chris- 
tianity and  from  faith.  It  is  said, '  If  Christian  unity  be  destroyed, 
if  science  have  separated  from  faith,  if  liberty  choose  to  reign  with- 
out religion,  a  terrible  share  of  the  responsibility  for  these  evils 
rests  upon  the  men  who  have  represented  in  the  Christian  world 
unity,  faith,  and  religion.'    Does  this  mean  upon  the  Episcopate, 


114  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

Councils,  and  Pontiffs  ?  Who,  if  not  these,  '  have  represented  in 
the  Christian  world  unity,  faith,  and  religion '  ?  Have  they,  then, 
misrepresented  these  things  to  the  world  ?  If  so,  who  shall  repre- 
sent them  ?  and  where,  then,  is  the  divine  office  of  the  Church  ? 
The  Pontiffs  have  been  for  generations  lifting  up  their  voice  in  vain 
to  warn  the  Governments  of  Christendom  of  the  peril  of  breaking 
the  bonds  which  unite  civil  society  to  the  faith  and  to  the  Church. 
They  have  maintained  inflexibly,  and  at  great  suffering  and  danger, 
their  own  temporal  dominion,  not  only  for  the  spiritual  independence 
of  the  Church,  but  for  the  consecration  of  civil  society.  But  the 
Governments  of  the  Christian  world  would  not  listen  ;  and  now  a  Gen- 
eral Council  meets,  and  the  place  where,  as  at  the  Lateran,  at  Flor- 
ence, and  at  Trent,  they  would  have  sat,  is  empty.  The  tendency 
of  civil  society  everywhere  is  to  depart  further  and  further  from  the 
Church.  Progress  in  these  days  means  to  advance  along  the  line  of 
departure  from  the  old  Christian  order  of  the  world.  The  civil  soci- 
ety of  Christendom  is  the  offspring  of  the  Christian  family,  and  the 
foundation  of  the  Christian  family  is  the  sacrament  of  matrimony. 
From  this  spring  domestic  and  public  morals.  Most  Governments 
of  Europe  have  ceased  to  recognize  in  marriage  anything  beyond 
the  civil  contract,  and,  by  legalizing  divorce,  have  broken  up  the 
perpetuity  of  even  that  natural  contract.  With  this  will  surely 
perish  the  morality  of  society  and  of  homes.  A  settlement  in  the 
foundations  may  be  slow  in  sinking,  but  it  brings  down  all  at  last. 
The  civil  and  political  society  of  Europe  is  steadily  returning  to  the 
mere  natural  order.  The  next  step  in  dechristianizing  the  politi- 
cal life  of  nations  is  to  establish  national  education  without  Chris- 
tianity. This  is  systematically  aimed  at  wheresoever  the  revolution 
has  its  way.  This  may,  before  long,  be  attempted  among  ourselves. 
It  is  already  in  operation  elsewhere.  The  Church  must  then  form 
its  own  schools ;  and  the  civil  power  will  first  refuse  its  aid,  and 
soon  its  permission,  that  parents  should  educate  their  offspring  ex- 
cept in  state  universities  and  state  schools.  The  period  and  the 
policy  of  Julian  are  returning.  All  this  bodes  ill  for  the  Church, 
but  worse  for  the  state.  The  depression  of  the  moral  order  of  right 
and  truth  is  the  elevation  of  the  material  order  of  coercion  and  of 
force.  The  civil  powers  of  the  world  do  not  choose  this  course  ; 
they  only  advance  in  it.  There  is  behind  them  a  power  invisible, 
which  urges  them  onward  in  their  estrangements  from  the  Church  ; 
and  that  unseen  power  is  at  work  everywhere.  It  is  one,  universal, 
invisible,  but  not  holy — the  true,  natural,  and  implacable  enemy  of 


THE  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  AND  MODERN  SOCIETY.  115 

the  one,  visible,  universal  Church.  The  anti-Christian  societies 
are  one  in  aim  and  operation,  even  if  they  be  not  one  in  conscious 
alliance.  And  the  Governments  of  the  world,  some  consciously, 
others  unconsciously,  disbelieving  the  existence  of  such  societies, 
and  therefore  all  the  more  surely  under  their  influence,  are  being 
impelled  toward  a  precipice  over  which  monarchies  and  law  and 
the  civil  order  of  the  Christian  society  of  men  will  go  down  to- 
gether. It  is  the  policy  of  the  secret  societies  to  engage  Govern- 
ments in  quarrels  with  Rome.  The  breach  is  made,  and  the  revo- 
lution enters.  The  Catholic  society  of  Europe  has  been  weakened, 
and  wounded,  it  may  be,  unto  death.  The  Catholic  Church  now 
stands  alone,  as  in  the  beginning,  in  its  divine  isolation  :  '  Et  nunc 
reges  intelligite  /  erudimini  quijudicatis  terram?  There  is  an  abyss 
before  you,  into  which  thrones  and  laws  and  rights  and  liberties 
may  sink  together.  You  have  to  choose  between  the  revolution 
and  the  Church  of  God.  As  you  choose,  so  will  your  lot  be.  The 
General  Council  gives  to  the  world  one  more  witness  for  the  truths, 
laws,  and  sanctities  which  include  all  that  is  pure,  noble,  just,  vener- 
able on  earth.  It  will  be  an  evil  day  for  any  state  in  Europe  if  it 
engage  in  conflict  with  the  Church  of  God.  ISTo  weapon  formed 
against  it  ever  yet  has  prospered."  * 

Henry  Edward  Cardinal  Manning, 

Archbishop  of  Westminster. 

*  "  The  (Ecumenical  Council  and  the  Infallibility  of  the  Roman  Pontiff,"  by  Henry 
Edward,  Archbishop  of  Westminster.     London:  Longmans,  1869. 


THE  THIRD  TERM. 


The  Presidential  contest  of  1872  had  scarcely  closed  with  the 
triumphant  reelection  of  General  Grant,  when  a  New  York  news- 
paper, of  wide  circulation  and  pervading  influence,  but  somewhat 
prone  to  sensational  utterances,  announced  that  republican  institu- 
tions were  in  imminent  peril  from  the  probable  election  of  the  same 
individual  to  a  third  term.  It  was  boldly  affirmed  that  American 
liberty  could  not  survive  such  an  experiment. 

Of  course,  the  announcement  startled  that  whole  body  of  Demo- 
cratic opposition  which  had  bravely  followed  Seymour  and  Blair  to 
ignominious  defeat  in  1868,  and  which  had  cravenly  clutched  at 
the  skirts  of  Horace  Greeley  in  1872  in  the  vain  hope  of  being 
dragged  to  victory.  It  startled  a  large  body  of  soured  Republi- 
cans who  had  failed  to  secure,  or,  having  secured,  had  disgraced, 
preferment.  It  startled  a  larger  body  of  Republicans  who,  acknowl- 
edging the  illustrious  services  of  President  Grant,  yet  for  personal 
or  local  reasons  preferred  an  early  succession  of  some  other  indi- 
vidual of  the  same  political  faith.  And  it  startled  a  still  larger 
number  of  Republicans,  who  did  not  expect  to  find  a  President 
more  prudent,  more  sagacious,  or  more  honest  than  President  Grant 
had  been,  yet  who  were  made  to  fear  that,  as  no  President  had  ever 
been  elected  for  more  than  two  terms,  so  for  some  occult  reason  it 
would  be  unsafe  ever  to  elect  one  for  more  than  that  number  of 
terms. 

Other  newspapers  echoed  the  solemn  warning  of  the  "  Herald." 
Political  conventions  took  up  the  refrain.  The  senseless  clamor 
culminated  when,  on  the  15th  day  of  December,  1875,  the  Honor- 
able Mr.  Springer,  a  Democrat  from  the  State  of  Illinois,  presented 
to  the  House  of  Representatives  a  resolution  in  the  following  words  : 

Hesolved,  That  in  the  opinion  of  this  House  the  precedent  established  by 
"Washington  and  other  Presidents  of  the  United  States,  in  retiring  from  the 


THE  THIRD   TERM.  117 

Presidential  office  after  their  second  term,  has  become,  by  universal  concur- 
rence, a  part  of  our  republican  system  of  government,  and  that  any  departure 
from  this  time-honored  custom  would  be  unwise,  unpatriotic,  and  fraught 
with  peril  to  our  free  institutions. 

The  rules  of  the  House  were  suspended,  and  the  resolution 
passed  on  the  very  day  of  its  introduction.  No  less  than  two  hun- 
dred and  thirty-three  votes  were  recorded  in  its  favor.  Only  eigh- 
teen members  voted  against  it. 

That  reiterated  vociferation  accomplished  the  purpose  for  which 
it  was  designed.  It  defeated  the  renomination  of  General  Grant  in 
1876. 

A  political  party  must  be  brave  and  conscientious  before  it  will 
venture  to  stake  its  hopes  of  the  post-offices  upon  the  reelection  of 
a  President  who  has  been  fired  at  by  millions  of  his  countrymen  for 
four  years,  and  lied  at  by  more  millions  for  eight  years.  But,  when 
to  the  hostility  engendered  by  vilification  is  added  the  distrust  born 
of  a  popular  panic,  no  matter  how  groundless,  temerity  itself  would 
doubt  the  availability  of  the  victim. 

Still,  that  resolution  remains  upon  the  journals  of  the  House.  It 
will  remain  there  for  ever.  We  hope  posterity  will  be  considerate 
enough  to  remember  that  we  had  not  quite  entered  upon  the  second 
century  of  our  national  existence  when  that  champion  piece  of  char- 
latanry was  enacted  in  the  House  of  Representatives.  But,  happily, 
at  the  present  time  the  Springer  resolution  is  inoperative.  Presi- 
dent Hayes  can  not  be  elected  to  a  third  term,  for  he  has  not  yet 
served  a  second  term.  It  is  true,  General  Grant  still  lives,  and  be 
might  be  elected  to  a  third  term.  But  the  Springer  resolution  does 
not  forbid  that.  It  only  enjoins  retirement  after  a  second  term. 
Grant  retired  at  the  end  of  the  second  term,  in  strict  accord  with 
the  precedents  and  the  resolution. 

That  resolution  rests  upon  the  bold  assumption  that  patronage 
and  not  principle  dominates  the  electors  of  the  republic  ;  that  the 
postmasters  are  too  many  for  the  people  ;  and  that  he  who  controls 
appointments  for  eight  years  will  form  a  corps  of  eighty  thousand 
official  janizaries  who  will  easily  subjugate  six  million  who  have 
never  been  appointed  !  But  audacity  itself  has  not  yet  ventured  to 
suggest  that  a  private  citizen  is  likely  to  ride  down  people  and  post- 
masters both,  merely  because  he  once  controlled  appointments. 

Since,  then,  no  one  can  now  be  hurt  or  helped  by  the  Springer 
resolution,  this  seems  a  fortunate  time  to  discuss  the  merits  of  that 
fulmination.  Since  the  reign  of  Jeroboam  the  world  has  not  seen 
vol.  cxxx. — no.  279.  9 


118  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

true  believers  seduced  from  the  worship  of  God  to  that  of  mere 
metallic  calves.  It  is  much  to  be  desired  that  the  world  may  not 
again  see  true  republicans  scared  by  a  senseless  clamor  into  putting 
lighted  candles  in  their  caps,  after  the  manner  of  miners,  and  going 
down  into  subterranean  depths  to  quarry  out  a  President,  while  the 
foremost  man  of  his  age  stands  upon  the  mountain-top,  upon  whom 
the  eager  world  has  set  the  seal  of  primacy. 

It  is  therefore  the  purpose  of  this  article  to  show  that  in  those 
few  lines  quoted  from  the  journal  of  the  House  of  Representatives 
are  comprised  a  grave  impeachment  of  the  Federal  Constitution,  a 
gross  libel  upon  its  framers,  a  base  counterfeit  of  our  political  his- 
tory, and  a  wanton  insult  to  our  common  sense. 

The  Constitution  clearly  permits  what  the  resolution  so  forcibly 
condemns.  The  fundamental  law  puts  no  limit  to  the  number  of 
terms  for  which  the  people  may  elect  the  same  man  to  the  Presi- 
dency. And  to  affirm  that  it  is  "unwise,"  "unpatriotic,"  and 
"perilous  to  our  free  institutions"  to  elect  the  same  man  three 
times,  is  simply  to  impeach  the  Constitution  for  sanctioning  an  act 
so  malevolent  in  its  tendencies.  Moreover,  the  question  of  reeligi- 
bility  was  not  overlooked  by  the  men  who  made  the  Constitution. 
It  was  carefully  considered  and  reconsidered  by  them.  They  were 
not  wanting  in  sagacity. 

No  one  idea  was  so  prominent  or  so  universal  in  the  Constitu- 
tional Convention  as  this  :  Presidents  must  be  reeligible  Whoever 
they  might  elect,  they  should  have  the  right  to  reelect.  Whatever 
might  be  the  length  of  a  term,  there  should  be  no  limitation  upon 
the  number  of  terms.  The  reason  was  obvious.  Mr.  Gouverneur 
Morris,  the  man  to  whose  rare  genius,  according  to  Mr.  Madison, 
we  are  indebted  for  the  polished  style  of  the  Constitution,  stated 
that  reason  as  tersely  as  it  need  be  stated.  "  To  forbid  reelections," 
he  said,  "  tended  to  destroy  the  great  motive  to  good  behavior  ;  the 
hope  of  being  rewarded  by  a  reappointment.  It  was  saying  to  him, 
Make  hay  while  the  sun  shines."  Roger  Sherman  also  said  :  "  If  he 
behaves  well,  he  will  be  continued.  If  otherwise,  he  will  be  dis- 
placed on  a  succeeding  election."  Mr.  King  thought  there  was 
great  force  in  the  remark  that  "  he  who  has  proved  himself  most 
fit  for  an  office  ought  not  to  be  excluded  by  the  Constitution  from 
holding  it."  All  thought  reeligibility  essential  to  a  well-ordered 
government.  But  all  thought  it  essential,  also,  that  the  executive 
and  legislative  departments  of  the  government  should  be,  as  much 
as  possible,  independent  of  each  other.     How  to  secure  both  that 


THE  THIRD  TERM.  119 

independence  and  reeligibility  was  a  problem  which  the  Conven- 
tion found  it  difficult  to  solve.  The  prevailing  opinion  at  the  open- 
ing of  the  Convention  was,  that  Congress  should  elect  the  President. 
And  all  could  see  that  if  Congress  elected,  and  might  reelect  the 
President,  he  would  feel  not  independent  of,  but  quite  dependent 
upon,  the  Legislature.  To  avoid  that  dependence,  some  proposed 
to  make  him  ineligible  for  a  second  term,  while  others  proposed  to 
make  him  elective  in  some  other  way  than  by  Congress.  But  on 
the  17th  of  July,  after  weeks  of  debate,  the  Convention  voted 
unanimously  that  the  Executive  be  chosen  by  the  National  Legis- 
lature. When  that  had  been  carried  and  on  the  same  day,  upon 
the  question  of  making  him  reeligible,  six  States,  to  wit,  Massachu- 
setts, Connecticut,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  and  Geor- 
gia, voted  ay,  while  four  States  only,  to  wit,  Delaware,  North 
Carolina,  South  Carolina,  and  Virginia,  voted  no.  By  those  votes 
the  Convention  deliberately  declared  that  the  dependence  of  the 
Executive,  although  an  evil,  was  a  less  evil  than  ineligibility  to 
more  than  one  term.  On  the  26th  of  July  that  decision  was  re- 
versed. On  that  day,  in  the  absence  of  the  delegates  from  Massa- 
chusetts, seven  States  voted  for  the  motion  of  Colonel  George  Ma- 
son, of  Virginia,  to  make  the  "  Executive  to  be  appointed  for  seven 
years,  and  be  ineligible  a  second  time."  In  that  shape  the  article 
on  the  Constitution  of  the  Executive  went  to  the  Committee  of 
Detail,  and  was  subsequently  reported  back  by  that  committee  in 
these  words  :  "  The  Executive  power  of  the  United  States,  shall  be 
vested  in  a  single  person.  His  style  shall  be  '  President  of  the 
United  States  of  America,'  and  his  title  shall  be  'His  Excellency.' 
He  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  by  the  Legislature.  He  shall  hold  his 
office  during  a  term  of  seven  years ;  but  shall  not  be  elected  a 
second  time." 

"When  that  clause  again  came  before  the  Convention  for  con- 
sideration, the  struggle  was  renewed  to  rescue  the  choice  of  the 
Executive  from  the  hands  of  Congress.  The  struggle  was  protracted 
and  somewhat  heated.  At  length  the  whole  subject  of  the  Consti- 
tution of  the  Executive  was  referred  to  a  committee  of  one  member 
from  each  State.  The  committee  was  chosen  by  ballot,  and  upon 
it,  among  others  less  known,  were  placed  Mr.  Roger  Sherman,  Mr. 
Rufus  King,  Mr.  Gouverneur  Morris,  and  Mr.  James  Madison.  On 
the  4th  of  September  that  committee  reported  a  plan  for  choosing 
Presidents  and  Vice-Presidents  by  an  electoral  college.  The  plan 
provided  that,  if  the  colleges  failed  to  elect,  the  choice  should  de- 


120  TEE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

volve  upon  the  Senate.  Mr.  Sherman  explicitly  avowed  that  "  the 
object  of  this  clause  of  the  report  of  the  committee  was  to  get  rid 
of  the  ineligibility  which  was  attached  to  the  mode  of  election  by 
the  Legislature,  and  to  make  the  Executive  independent  of  the 
Legislature."  But  the  new  plan  was  at  once  attacked  upon  the 
assumption  that  the  colleges  would  never  elect,  and  of  course  the 
Senate  would  always  elect,  so  that  the  President,  instead  of  being 
independent,  would  be  the  mere  creature  of  the  Senate.  After  a 
long  debate,  Mr.  Rutledge,  of  South  Carolina,  moved  to  postpone 
the  report  of  the  Committee  of  Eleven  to  take  up  the  plan  reported 
by  the  Committee  of  Detail.  By  that  motion  the  Convention  was 
called  to  choose  directly  between  a  President  to  be  chosen  by  the 
Legislature  for  a  single  term  of  seven  years  and  a  President  to  be 
chosen  by  the  electoral  colleges  or  the  Senate,  but  without  limit  as 
to  number  of  terms.  The  motion  was  negatived.  Only  North  and 
South  Carolina  voted  for  it.  With  some  modifications,  the  plan  of 
the  Committee  of  Eleven  was  made  a  part  of  the  Constitution,  and 
the  records  of  that  great  debate  do  not  preserve  the  name  of  a  sin- 
gle man  with  judgment  so  debauched  as  to  object  to  the  reeligibility 
of  Presidents,  if  only  the  choice  could  be  preserved  from  legislative 
control. 

The  Constitution,  as  finally  agreed  to,  was  not  satisfactory 
to  every  member  of  the  Convention.  Many  refused  to  sign  it. 
Among  those  so  refusing  were  Messrs.  Robert  Yates  and  John 
Lansing,  of  New  York  ;  Edmund  Randolph,  Richard  Henry  Lee, 
and  George  Mason,  of  Virginia  ;  and  Elbridge  Gerry,  of  Massachu- 
setts. Each  one  of  those  distinguished  gentlemen  has  left  on  record 
his  reasons  for  refusing  to  sign  the  Constitution.  But  not  one  of 
them  enumerates  the  reeligibility  of  the  President  as  an  objection 
to  the  instrument.  Did  the  House  of  Representatives  affirm  a 
"  peril  to  our  free  institutions  "  which  does  not  exist,  or  did  those 
clear-sighted  cavilers,  eager  as  they  were  to  find  fault,  fail  to  see  a 
peril  which  did  exist  ? 

Again  the  Constitution  was  submitted  to  a  critical  review,  in 
the  several  State  Conventions  called  to  consider  the  question  of  its 
ratification.  In  Massachusetts,  one  hundred  and  sixty-eight  mem- 
bers voted  against  ratification.  But  not  one  of  the  whole  number 
objected  to  the  reeligibility  of  the  President.  No  such  objection 
was  suggested  in  the  Conventions  for  Connecticut  or  New  Hamp- 
shire. That  criticism  was  made  in  the  Convention  of  New  York. 
It  was  made  by  Mr.  Melancthon  Smith,  a  delegate  from  Dutchess 


THE  THIRD   TERM.  121 

County.  He  had  been  a  delegate  from  the  State  in  the  Federal 
Convention.  He  was  the  apostle  of  the  gospel  of  rotation  in  office. 
He  was  a  consistent  one.  He  urged  the  rotation  not  of  Presidents 
alone,  but  of  Senators  and  members  of  the  House  also.  But 
Mr.  Smith  found  no  second  to  his  idea  in  that  Convention,  and 
even  he  seems  to  have  abandoned  it.  For,  when  subsequently  he 
moved  his  schedule  of  amendments,  the  adoption  of  which  he  de- 
sired to  make  a  condition  precedent  to  ratification,  he  omitted  all 
mention  of  reeligibility. 

In  the  Pennsylvania  Convention  the  objection  was  not  heard  of. 
One  year  after  Pennsylvania  had  ratified  the  Constitution,  a  large 
Convention  assembled  at  Harrisburg,  to  propose  amendments  to  it. 
Twelve  different  amendments  were  agreed  to.  But  no  limitation 
upon  reeligibility  was  even  proposed. 

The  Maryland  Convention  would  not  consider  amendments  ; 
would  not  hear  objections.  One  member  after  another  arose  in  his 
place  to  say  he  was  sent  there  "  to  ratify  the  proposed  Constitution, 
not  to  amend  it."  They  would  not  allow  an  amendment  to  be  read 
even,  but,  on  the  very  week  they  assembled,  they  voted  to  ratify 
the  instrument,  by  a  vote  of  sixty-three  to  eleven.  Having  ratified 
the  Constitution,  in  order  to  pacify  its  opponents  the  Convention 
appointed  a  committee  of  thirteen  to  consider  the  subject  of  amend- 
ments. To  that  committee  were  submitted  thirteen  amendments, 
to  which  they  agreed,  and  fifteen  which  they  rejected.  But  not 
among  the  whole  twenty-eight  amendments  considered  can  be 
found  one  single  word  of  criticism  upon  the  reeligibility  of  the 
President.  The  Convention  in  North  Carolina  was  far  less  cordial 
to  the  new  scheme  of  government.  That  Convention  not  only  pro- 
posed twenty-six  amendments  to  the  text  of  the  Constitution,  but 
agreed  to  prefix  a  bill  of  rights  containing  twenty  sections.  But 
not  even  in  North  Carolina  was  a  man  to  be  found  to  object  to  the 
reeligibility  of  the  President.  No  such  man  was  found  in  South 
Carolina. 

One  such  was  found  in  Virginia,  but  only  one.  In  the  Virginia 
Convention  the  new  instrument  of  government  was  subjected  to  the 
most  searching  review,  to  the  most  savage  analysis.  The  Conven- 
tion was  large  ;  the  enemies  of  the  Constitution  were  numerous  and 
resolute.  They  convened  on  the  2d  of  June.  They  did  not  vote 
upon  ratification  until  the  24th.  Then  seventy-nine  out  of  one  hun- 
dred and  sixty-eight  votes  were  cast  against  ratification.  During 
the  debate  which  preceded  the  vote,  every  objection  which  human 


122  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

sagacity  could  detect  or  human  ingenuity  could  invent  had  been 
urged  against  it.  One  man  caviled  at  the  reeligibility  of  the  Presi- 
dent. Mr.  George  Mason  had  been  a  member  of  the  Federal  Con- 
vention. He  had  heard  reeligibility  declaimed  against  there,  while 
the  plan  was  to  give  the  election  to  Congress.  That  plan  had  been 
abandoned — had  been  abandoned,  as  we  have  seen,  for  the  avowed 
purpose  of  removing  the  objection  to  reflections.  Still,  Mr.  Mason 
seemed  to  think  he  might  arouse  some  hostility  to  the  Constitution 
by  an  argument  against  reeligibility.  His  argument  is  worth  re- 
producing, since  it  is  the  only  one  in  our  literature  upon  which  the 
edict  of  the  House  can  be  excused.  Mr.  Mason  said  :  "  The  Presi- 
dent is  elected  without  rotation.  It  may  be  said  that  a  new  election 
may  remove  him  and  place  another  in  his  stead.  If  we  judge  from 
the  experience  of  all  other  countries,  and  even  our  own,  we  may 
conclude  that,  as  the  President  of  the  United  States  may  be  elected, 
so  he  will.  .  .  .  This  President  will  be  elected  time  after  time.  He 
will  be  continued  in  office  for  life.  If  we  wish  to  change  him,  the 
great  powers  in  Europe  will  not  allow  it.  .  .  .  It  is  a  great  defect 
in  the  Senate  that  they  are  not  ineligible  at  the  end  of  six  years. 
The  biennial  exclusion  of  one  third  of  them  will  have  no  effect,  as 
they  can  be  reelected.  Some  stated  time  ought  to  be  fixed  when 
the  President  ought  to  be  reduced  to  a  private  station.  I  should  be 
contented  that  he  might  be  elected  for  eight  years,  but  I  should 
wish  him  to  be  capable  of  holding  the  office  only  eight  years  out  of 
twelve  or  sixteen" 

The  Springer  resolution  is  the  first  echo  of  George  Mason's 
speech.  But,  among  all  the  men  who  debated  the  Constitution, 
either  in  the  Federal  or  the  several  State  Conventions,  there  are 
but  two  who  are  open  to  the  suspicion  of  having  favored  a  legal 
restriction  upon  the  right  to  reelect  Presidents.  Those  two  are 
Melancthon  Smith,  of  New  York,  and  George  Mason,  of  Virginia. 
But  it  should  be  remembered  in  exculpation  of  Smith  and  Mason 
that  they  were  openly  trying  to  defeat  the  Constitution.  They 
were  opposed  to  it.  They  had  not  sworn  to  support  it.  It  was  not 
unnatural  that  they  should  raise  unreal  objections  to  it.  They  did 
not  assault  a  Constitution  they  had  sworn  to  support,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  destroying  an  imaginary  candidate  by  stabbing  through  it. 

The  men  who  made  the  Constitution  struggled  to  secure  the 
reeligibility  of  Presidents.  They  surrendered  preferences,  aban- 
doned cherished  ideas,  and  devised  new  plans,  in  order  to  preserve 
the  right  to  repeat  the  elections  and  prolong  the  services  of  able 


V 

THE  THIRD  TERM.  123 

and  upright  Presidents.  They  could  hardly  have  expected  that 
within  a  century  a  generation  would  appear  whose  representatives 
would  dare  to  proclaim  that  the  exercise  of  that  simple  right  for 
which  they  sacrificed  so  much  was  "  unwise,  unpatriotic,  and  fraught 
with  peril  to  our  free  institutions." 

The  resolution  refers  to  the  precedent  established  by  Washing- 
ton and  other  Presidents,  in  retiring  after  the  second  term,  and  de- 
clares that  precedent  to  have  become  part  of  our  republican  system. 
But  a  majority  of  our  Presidents  have  retired  after  a  first  term. 
Why  should  the  two-term  precedent  become  a  part  of  our  govern- 
mental system  more  than  the  one-term  precedent  ?  It  may  be  said 
that  General  Washington  chose  to  retire  at  the  end  of  his  second 
term.  The  fact  was  so  ;  J)ut  it  is  difficult  to  see  how  General 
Washington's  refusal,  in  the  latter  part  of  the  last  century,  to  serve 
a  third  term,  should  debar  the  people,  in  the  latter  part  of  this  cen- 
tury or  the  next,  from  choosing  a  man  a  third  time  who  will  serve. 
But  if  General  Washington's  personal  tastes  are  equivalent  to  a  con- 
stitutional limitation,  then  the  one-term  rule  should  prevail  and  not 
the  two-term.  He  ardently  desired  to  retire  at  the  end  of  his  first 
term.  He  avowed  that  desire  often  and  earnestly.  He  assigned 
his  reasons  frankly  and  repeatedly.  His  reasons  were  personal,  not 
patriotic.  He  never  pretended  that  he  sought  retirement  to  pro- 
mote the  public  welfare,  but  only  to  gratify  his  own  feelings.  He 
said  to  Mr.  Jefferson  that  "  he  had,  through  the  whole  course  of  the 
war,  and  most  particularly  at  the  close  of  it,  uniformly  declared  his 
resolution  to  retire  from  public  affairs,  and  never  to  act  in  any  pub- 
lic office  ;  that  he  had  retired  under  that  firm  resolution  ;  that  the 
government,  however,  which  had  been  formed,  being  found  evident- 
ly too  inefficacious,  and  it  being  supposed  that  his  aid  was  of  some 
consequence  toward  bringing  the  people  to  consent  to  one  of  suffi- 
cient efficacy  for  their  own  good,  he  consented  to  come  into  the 
Convention,  and  on  the  same  motive,  after  much  pressing,  to  take  a 
part  in  the  new  government,  and  get  it  under  way.  That  were  he 
to  continue  longer,  it  might  give  room  to  say  that,  having  tasted 
the  sweets  of  office,  he  could  not  do  without  them  ;  that  he  really 
felt  himself  growing  old,  his  bodily  health  less  firm  ;  his  memory, 
always  bad,  becoming  worse,  and  perhaps  the  other  faculties  of  his 
mind  showing  a  decay  to  others  of  which  he  was  insensible  himself ; 
that  this  apprehension  particularly  oppressed  him  :  that  he  found, 
moreover,  his  activity  lessened,  business  therefore  more  irksome,  and 
tranquillity  and  retirement  become  an  irresistible  passion." 


124  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

His  personal  wishes  were  overruled.  He  consented  to  a  re- 
election, and  was  unanimously  reelected.  Envious  of  his  overshad- 
owing fame  ;  jealous  of  his  commanding  influence  with  the  people  ; 
fearful  that  they  might  again  refuse  to  permit  his  retirement  at  the 
end  of  his  second  term — the  hungry  pack,  who  longed  to  succeed 
him,  commenced  systematically  to  tear  him  down.  The  air  was 
filled  with  calumny,  with  caricature,  with  lampoons  and  lies.  Par- 
tisan malice  pursued  him  with  that  same  hound-like  ferocity  with 
which  it  pursued  President  Grant  during  his  second  term.  He  did 
not  bear  it  as  Grant  bore  it.  No  man  saw  President  Grant  quail 
before  the  gibes  of  his  enemies  or  before  the  guns  of  his  country's 
enemies.  Washington  was  stung  to  the  quick  by  the  injustice  of 
his  countrymen.  i 

Before  the  first  year  of  his  second  term  was  ended,  Jefferson 
reports  that  at  a  Cabinet  meeting  "the  President  was  much  in- 
flamed ;  got  into  one  of  those  passions  when  he  can  not  command 
himself ;  ran  on  much  on  the  personal  abuse  which  had  been  be- 
stowed on  him  ;  defied  any  man  on  earth  to  produce  one  single  act 
of  his,  since  he  had  been  in  the  government,  which  was  not  done 
on  the  purest  motives ;  that  he  had  never  repented  but  once  the 
having  slipped  the  moment  of  resigning  his  office,  and  that  was 
every  moment  since  ;  that  by  God  he  had  rather  be  in  his  grave 
than  in  his  present  situation  ;  that  he  had  rather  be  on  his  farm 
than  to  be  made  emperor  of  the  world  ;  and  yet  that  they  were 
charging  him  with  wanting  to  be  a  king  !  " 

Washington,  like  Grant — the  father  of  his  country  like  the  savior 
of  it — was  accused  of  "  CaBsarism."  It  is  not  so  very  strange  that 
three  millions  of  people  just  emerged  from  monarchy  should  be 
jealous  of  imperial  designs.  But  it  is  passing  strange  that  forty 
millions  just  swaggering  into  the  second  century  of  freedom  should 
be  scared  by  so  soft  a  spook  ! 

No  one  expected  to  dissuade  President  Washington  from  the 
retirement  he  so  passionately  coveted  beyond  the  expiration  of  his 
second  term.  He  was  sixty-one  years  old  when  that  term  com- 
menced. He  was  sixty-five  when  it  ended.  The  infirmities  of 
which  he  complained  at  sixty  were  aggravated  at  sixty-five.  He 
died  before  the  next  term  ended.  The  number  of  his  enemies  had 
multiplied.  Their  hate  was  intensified.  Jefferson  had  left  his  Cab- 
inet. Madison  was  alienated  from  him.  He  had  been  compelled  to 
recall  Monroe  from  France.  He  yearned  for  rest,  and  he  inflexibly 
sought  it.     Such  was  the  example  of  our  first  President. 


THE  THIRD  TERM.  125 

"No  one  asked  Mr.  Adams  to  accept  a  third  term.  But  few  asked 
him  to  accept  a  second.  His  example,  therefore,  furnishes  no  more 
sanction  to  the  Springer  resolution  than  does  the  example  of  Mr. 
Washington. 

Mr.  Jefferson  furnished  a  precedent  more  to  the  purpose.  The 
Legislatures  of  several  States  formally  invited  him  to  become  a  can- 
didate for  a  third  term.  He  as  formally  declined  the  invitation. 
He  stated  his  reasons  for  declining  as  follows  :  "  That  I  should  lay 
down  my  charge  at  a  proper  period  is  as  much  a  duty  as  to  have 
borne  it  faithfully.  If  some  termination  to  the  services  of  the  Chief 
Magistrate  be  not  fixed  by  the  Constitution,  or  supplied  by  practice, 
his  office,  nominally  for  years,  will,  in  fact,  become  for  life ;  and 
history  shows  how  easily  that  degenerates  into  an  inheritance.  Be- 
lieving that  a  representative  government,  responsible  at  short  periods 
of  election,  is  that  which  produces  the  greatest  sum  of  happiness  to 
mankind,  I  feel  it  a  duty  to  do  no  act  which  shall  essentially  impair 
that  principle  ;  and  I  should  unwillingly  be  the  person  who,  disre- 
garding the  sound  precedent  set  by  an  illustrious  predecessor,  should 
furnish  the  first  example  of  prolongation  beyond  the  second  term  of 
office.  .  .  .  Truth,  also,  requires  me  to  add  that  I  am  sensible  of  that 
decline  which  advancing  years  bring  on  ;  and,  feeling  their  physi- 
cal, I  ought  not  to  doubt  their  mental,  effect.  Happy  if  I  am  the 
first  to  perceive  and  to  obey  this  admonition  of  nature,  and  to 
solicit  a  retreat  from  cares  too  great  for  the  wearied  faculties  of 
age." 

Those  reasons  are  satisfactory.  Undoubtedly,  every  public  func- 
tionary should  lay  down  his  "  charge  at  a  proper  period."  But  the 
proper  period  is  just  as  clearly  that  which  suits  the  public  conve- 
nience, and  not  that  which  suits  the  convenience  of  the  individual. 
History  has  already  exploded  the  assumption  of  Mr.  Jefferson  that, 
if  the  term  of  service  for  the  Chief  Magistrate  be  not  fixed,  he  will 
continue  to  hold  for  life.  The  term  of  service  is  not  fixed  by  any 
law  or  any  practice,  and  yet  not  one  half  our  Chief  Magistrates  have 
in  fact  been  elected  even  the  second  time.  "  A  representative  gov- 
ernment responsible  at  short  periods  of  election "  is  undoubtedly 
wise,  and  "  that  which  produces  the  greatest  sum  of  happiness  to 
mankind."  But  the  right  to  elect  government  agents  at  short  pe- 
riods does  not  involve  the  necessity  of  electing  new  agents  at  each 
recurring  period.  Elections  should  be  not  only  periodical  but  free. 
If  the  people  really  wished  Mr.  Jefferson  to  serve  a  third  term  and 
he  refused  to  do  so,  then  the  election  of  1808  was  not  free  but  re- 


126  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN'  REVIEW. 

stricted.  The  people  had  not  free  choice  but  restricted  choice,  and 
their  freedom  was  impaired  by  the  act  of  Mr.  Jefferson.  But  Mr. 
Jefferson  is  not  exposed  to  that  imputation.  He  could  have  assigned 
a  better  reason  for  declining  to  serve  a  third  term  than  any  of  those 
he  did  assign.  That  better  reason  was,  that  he  could  not  be  elected 
to  a  third  term  !  That  fact  had  been  made  quite  manifest  at  the 
time  he  declined  to  be  a  candidate.  Nothing  is  clearer  in  history 
than  that  he  waited  for  just  that  manifestation  of  public  opinion 
before  he  did  decline.  The  Legislature  of  Vermont  first  threw  his 
flag  to  the  breeze  on  the  5th  of  November,  1806.  More  than  two 
years  before  his  second  term  expired,  the  Legislature  of  Vermont 
addressed  to  Mr.  Jefferson  a  formal  invitation  to  become  a  candi- 
date for  a  third  term.  In  December  following  the  Legislature  of 
Georgia  joined  in  that  invitation.  Maryland  did  the  same  in  Jan- 
uary, 1807.  Rhode  Island  in  February,  and  New  York  and  Penn- 
sylvania in  March,  followed  their  example. 

Mr.  Jefferson  is  known  to  have  been  a  most  diligent  correspon- 
dent. During  all  those  months  he  was  constantly  receiving  letters 
from  individuals,  from  municipalities,  from  religious  societies  and 
political  organizations.  He  replied  to  such  promptly,  becomingly. 
But  to  the  Legislatures  of  those  great  States  he  deigned  no  reply 
for  more  than  a  year  after  the  first  one  addressed  him.  On  De- 
cember 4,  1807,  the  Legislature  of  New  Jersey  joined  in  the  invi- 
tation of  Vermont.  Mr.  Jefferson  determined  to  wait  no  longer. 
He  addressed  letters  to  Vermont,  New  Jersey,  and  Pennsylvania, 
declining  to  be  a  candidate  for  reelection.  In  stating  his  reasons 
for  declining,  he  employed  the  same  terms  in  each  letter.  Those 
letters  bear  date  the  10th  of  December,  1807.  They  were  given 
to  the  public  in  the  columns  of  "  The  Aurora,"  at  Philadelphia,  on 
the  19th  of  the  same  month.  Up  to  that  time  no  one  had  heard  an 
objection  to  a  third  term.  Seven  States  had  asked  Mr.  Jefferson  to 
accept  a  third  term.  Nobody  had  objected  to  his  having  another 
term  because  he  had  already  enjoyed  two.  What  he  himself 
thought  of  a  third  term  he  had  diligently  concealed  from  the  pub- 
lic during  the  whole  agitation.  Two  days  before  his  letter  ap- 
peared in  "  The  Aurora,"  that  journal  copied  from  the  "  Trenton 
True  American  "  an  article  commencing  in  these  words  :  "  Will  Mr. 
Jefferson  consent  to  serve  another  term  as  President  ?  is  a  question 
which  almost  every  Republican  anxiously  asks,  but  which  no  one 
can  certainly  answer."  The  States  which  at  that  time  had  declared 
for  a  third  term  cast  sixty-two  electoral  votes.     North  Carolina 


THE  THIRD   TERM.  127 

subsequently  joined  the  number.  North  Carolina  then  gave  eleven 
votes.  That  would  make  the  number  of  electoral  votes  which  had 
declared  for  Mr.  Jefferson,  seventy-three. 

But  the  States  of  Ohio,  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  Georgia,  South 
Carolina,  and,  worst  of  all,  Virginia,  where  both  Jefferson  and 
Madison  had  their  homes,  obstinately  refused  to  join  in  the  Jeffer- 
son "  boom."  They  were  Republican  States,  they  voted  for  Madi- 
son, and  they  were  accorded  fifty-five  electoral  votes. 

Then  the  States  of  New  Hampshire,  Massachusetts,  Connecticut, 
and  Delaware,  cast  thirty-nine  electoral  votes.  They  were  Federal 
States,  not  Republican.  They  voted  for  Pinckney,  and  would  not 
vote  for  Jefferson  or  Madison  either. 

Of  course,  when  it  was  ascertained  that  there  were  thirty-nine 
votes  which  no  Republican  could  secure,  and  fifty-five  Republican 
votes  which  Jefferson  could  not  receive,  but  Madison  could,  the 
former  had  excellent  reasons  for  declining  a  third  term  for  himself. 
But  he  had  no  reason  for  declining  a  third  term  for  all  his  succes- 
sors. When  satisfied,  after  an  active  canvass  of  more  than  thir- 
teen months,  that  the  people  did  not  wish  to  prolong  his  services 
beyond  a  second  term,  he  did  well  to  recognize  the  fact.  He  would 
have  done  better  if  he  had  not  attempted  to  frame  his  disappoint- 
ment into  a  law  which  should  prevent  any  of  his  successors  from 
serving  longer  than  he  did. 

Since  the  retirement  of  Mr.  Jefferson  there  has  been  no  attempt 
to  renominate  a  President  to  a  third  term.  There  is  ground  for 
believing  that,  if  Mr.  Yan  Buren  had  not  secured  the  succession  to 
General  Jackson,  the  latter  would  have  been  retained  another  term. 
That  expedient  was  discussed  at  the  time.  The  "  Herald,"  a  Demo- 
cratic newspaper  of  Philadelphia,  then  said  : 

"  The  present  attitude  of  Judge  White,  of  Tennessee,  appears 
rather  calculated  to  produce  an  impression  of  division  in  the  Demo- 
cratic ranks,  of  a  serious  character.  But  this  danger  will  vanish, 
when  we  reflect  that  if  it  should  appear  formidable,  when  the 
National  Convention  meet,  that  body  will  dissipate  it  in  a  few 
minutes,  by  the  nomination  of  Andreio  Jackson  for  a  third  term  • 
a  measure  every  way  calculated  to  avert  the  defeat  of  the  Demo- 
cratic party  by  the  Whigs  ;  and  more  than  justifiable  by  every 
principle  involved  in  the  contest  of  the  party,  who  are  fighting  for 
popular  rights  and  democratic  government" 

But  constitutions,  history,  precedents,  and  statesmen  have  been 
misconstrued,  before  the  era  of  the  Springer  resolution.     Rarely, 


128  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

however,  has  the  human  understanding  been  so  rudely  insulted  as 
by  that  strange  fulmination. 

To  tell  rational  creatures  that  "  free  institutions  "  are  imperiled 
by  the  reelection  of  one  who  for  eight  years  has  proved  a  faithful 
Magistrate,  but  are  insured  by  the  election  of  one  who  has  never 
been  proved  at  all,  seems  to  be  the  extreme  of  audacity.  That  is 
to  say,  that  our  institutions  would  have  been  endangered  by  the 
election  of  George  Washington  to  a  third  term,  but  were  preserved 
by  the  election  of  John  Adams  ;  that  is  to  say,  that  our  republican 
system  would  have  been  threatened  by  a  third  election  of  James 
Madison  or  Andrew  Jackson,  but  was  preserved  by  the  fortunate 
election  of  James  Monroe  and  Martin  Yan  Buren. 

"  I  have  no  other  lamp  by  which  to  guide  my  feet,"  said  Patrick 
Henry,  "  than  the  light  of  experience." 

When  science  fails  and  revelation  is  silent,  one  has  no  better  light 
than  that.  And,  if  experience  teaches  anything,  it  teaches  that,  the 
longer  a  public  servant  has  been  faithful,  the  surer  he  is  to  be  faith- 
ful. That  is  as  true  of  the  First  Magistrate  as  of  any  subaltern  ;  as 
true  of  the  head  of  the  nation  as  of  the  head  of  a  bureau.  The 
railway  manager  who  should  dismiss  a  conductor,  or  the  banking 
company  which  should  dismiss  a  cashier  who  had  been  faithful  for 
eight  or  for  eighteen  years,  upon  the  presumption  that,  because  he 
had  been  faithful  so  long,  it  was  unsafe  to  trust  him  longer,  would 
be  deemed  insane. 

It  is  even  more  irrational  to  conclude  that  one  who  has  for 
eight  years  scrupulously  guarded  the  solemn  trusts  reposed  in  an 
American  President  is  for  that  reason  to  be  more  distrusted  than 
a  new  man. 

"  Thou  hast  been  faithful  over  a  few  things,  I  will  make  thee 
ruler  over  many,"  is  the  practical  wisdom  approved  by  the  Saviour. 
The  Honorable  Mr.  Springer  teaches  us  that  he  who  has  been  faith- 
ful over  all  things  for  eight  years  should  be  trusted  with  nothing 
thereafter.  The  world  will  make  a  mistake  if  it  shall  turn  from 
Jesus  of  Nazareth  to  follow  Mr.  Springer,  of  Illinois. 

When  the  Constitutional  Convention  had  finally  agreed  to  the 
plan  of  a  President  chosen  for  four  years,  and  reeligible  at  the 
pleasure  of  the  people,  Mr.  Alexander  Hamilton  said  :  "  He  liked 
the  new  modification  on  the  whole  better  than  that  in  the  printed 
report.  In  this  the  President  was  a  monster,  elected  for  seven 
years  and  ineligible  afterward  ;  having  great  powers  in  appoint- 
ments to  office,  and  continually  tempted,  by  this  constitutional  dis- 


THE  THIRD   TERM.  129 

qualification,  to  abuse  them  in  order  to  subvert  the  government.'' 
Mr.  Springer's  resolution  resurrects  the  monster  which  Hamilton 
denounced,  and  which  the  Convention  with  such  diligence  buried. 

Paul  taught  the  Hebrews  that  without  sacrifice  there  was  no 
remission  of  sins.  Americans  are  taught  that  not  even  sacrifice 
will  save  a  President  from  rebuke  after  eight  years'  service,  although 
he  has  been  sinless. 

Timothy  O.  Howe. 


M.  DE  LESSEPS  AND  HIS  CANAL. 


There  appears  in  the  January  number  of  the  "  Review  "  a 
contribution  by  M.  de  Lesseps,  to  which  I  feel  disposed  to  reply. 
The  same  ideas  have  been  more  elaborated  in  the  "  Bulletin  du 
Canal  Interoceanique,"  published  in  Paris  under  his  immediate 
control.  I  have  not  replied,  as  these  articles  appeared,  from  a  wil- 
lingness that  he  shall  have  it  all  his  own  way  where  his  language  is 
spoken,  or  abroad  where  he  is  regarded  as  especially  authorized  to 
instruct.  If  he  can  find  in  Europe  a  moneyed  support,  and  partic- 
ularly in  France,  it  is  not  our  affair.  When  he  writes  in  English, 
and  publishes  his  ideas  in  one  of  the  leading  periodicals  of  my 
country,  he  not  only  invites  but  challenges  a  reply. 

Months  ago  we  were  informed  of  what  he  had  to  say  before  the 
Geographical  Society  of  Paris  ;  he  expressed  surprise  and  even  dis- 
appointment at  finding  so  little  opposition  ;  it  was  a  regret  to  him 
that  he  could  not  secure  a  controversy  on  the  canal  question,  and 
appeared,  as  the  Irishman  is  represented  at  the  Donnybrook  Fair, 
most  anxious  "  to  find  some  gentleman  who  would  do  him  the  favor 
to  step  on  the  tail  of  his  coat." 

Without  specially  wishing  to  perform  that  office,  I  purpose 
pursuing  my  way  quite  regardless  of  other  objects  than  a  fair  dis- 
cussion, and  shall  confine  myself  as  far  as  possible — 1.  To  a  review 
of  the  points  presented  for  American  consideration  ;  2.  To  some 
points  he  does  not  present ;  3.  To  the  general  merits  of  the  ques- 
tion growing  out  of  his  presentations.  And  I  beg  my  readers  to 
take  note — in  explanation  of  my  frequent  allusions  to  M.  de  Les- 
seps — that  that  gentleman's  connection  with  the  Panama  Canal 
enterprise  is  about  all  that  gives  it  importance  in  France. 

It  is  gratifying  to  see  that  M.  de  Lesseps  states  that  our  Gov- 
ernment for  a  long  series  of  years  has  recognized  the  advantage, 


M.  DE  LESSEPS  AND  HIS  CANAL.  131 

and  endeavored  to  promote  the  knowledge  necessary  to  solve  the 
possibilities  of  an  interoceanic  ship-canal ;  this  is  taking  a  proper 
step.  If  published  in  Paris  it  would  appear  as  a  contradiction  or  a 
revelation  of  what  we  had  been  about  for  the  past  quarter  of  a  cen- 
tury. 

On  page  3  M.  de  Lesseps  says  :  "  In  the  examination  made  of 
different  projects  in  the  United  States,  the  only  plan  thought  of 
has  been  to  make  use  of  inland  waters  for  constructing  a  maritime 
canal,  and  they  have  entirely  neglected  to  study  the  methods  by 
which  they  would  secure  a  constant  level  of  sea- water  for  the  pur- 
poses of  navigation  in  a  channel  from  one  ocean  to  the  other." 

This  does  not  comport  with  M.  de  Lesseps's  opening  acknowl- 
edgments of  the  interest  taken  by  our  Government  and  people  in 
this  question  ;  it  is  not  only  at  variance  with  the  facts,  but  what 
are  known  to  be  the  facts  to  every  intelligent  American.  Such  an 
averment  emanating  from  him  might  find  believers  in  France,  but 
with  us  will  excite  either  a  feeling  of  ridicule  or  of  indignation. 
He  states  this  in  the  face  of  his  averment  that  we  have  spent  five 
million  dollars  in  making  surveys  across  the  isthmuses — in  the  face 
of  the  presentations  to  the  Congress  of  our  surveys,  extending  over 
the  whole  regions  involved,  without  the  existence  of  which  he  would 
have  suffered  the  perplexities  of  M.  Drouillet. 

The  assertion  of  M.  de  Lesseps  is  made  in  the  full  knowledge 
and  possession  of  a  line  of  levels  and  best  location  possible  for  a 
ship-canal  across  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  carefully  made,  as  he  was 
informed,  by  Mr.  Menocal  in  the  Congress,  without  any  precon- 
ceived height,  if  at  all,  above  the  ocean-level.  The  summit-level 
arrived  at  was  the  result  of  a  necessity  that  was  found  apparent. 

The  following  extract  from  the  orders  of  Commander  Lull 
shows  how  far  M.  de  Lesseps  is  in  error  in  his  quoted  assertion  I 
am  now  discussing.  His  orders  were  prepared  by  the  Commission, 
although  signed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy. 

Navy  Department,  Washington,  D.  C,  December  29,  187d. 

Sir  :  Upon  the  request  of  the  Interoceanic  Canal  Commission  for  more 
specific  information  in  relation  to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  in  general  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  line  of  railroad,  you  are  detailed,  and  will  proceed  in  the 
steamer  of  January  2d,  from  ISTew  York  for  Aspinwall,  with  the  party  of 
officers  ordered  to  report  to  you. 

Your  thorough  experience  in  these  matters  relieves  the  Department  from 
preparing  minute  and  contingent  instructions.  You  will,  however,  obtain 
specific  information  on  the  following  points,  viz. : 


132  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

1.  In  relation  to  water-supply  and  the  points  whence  it  should  be  drawn 
for  an  interoceanic  canal,  if  constructed  upon  the  Isthmus  of  Panama. 

2.  The  difficulties  that  may  exist  from  floods. 

3.  Actual  locations  of  the  most  practicable  line  or  lines,  with  locations  of 
locks,  if  the  route,  upon  examination,  should  render  this  advisable. 

4.  Observation  as  to  whatever  in  the  way  of  material  or  other  conditions 
would  look  to  the  general  question  of  construction,  whether  of  advantage  or 
disadvantage. 

5.  To  obtain  in  advance  from  the  Panama  Kailroad  Company  whatever 
information  as  to  levels,  Tcnown  to  be  authentic,  the  company  may  be  disposed 
to  give  you,  which  may  form  a  basis  for  your  special  careful  instrumental  ex- 
amination. 

6.  By  the  aid  of  a  tug,  and  whatever  other  facilities  may  be  necessary  to 
enter  the  Ohepo  River,  making  such  examinations  of  it  as  may  be  thought 
advisable  after  inspection.  It  is  suggested,  if  the  near  approach  of  massive 
solid  ground  on  both  sides  of  the  Ohepo  should  make  it  possible  by  dams  to 
flood  considerable  areas  and  distances  for  slack-water  navigation,  that  it 
might  be  found  practicable  in  connection  with  a  tunnel  of  considerable  length 
to  the  Gulf  of  San  Bias.  If  the  prosecution  of  this  examination  should  be 
found  advisable,  put  it  in  such  a  shape  as  will  not  lead  to  doubts  as  to  relative 
practicability. 

It  was  only  after  a  full  consideration  of  all  the  routes  surveyed, 
and  the  belief  of  the  Commission  that  no  others  existed  equal  to 
those  that  had  been  developed,  that  it  sent  in  its  report  of  preference 
for  the  Nicaragua  route,  as  the  above  facts  abundantly  establish, 
notwithstanding  the  ideas  of  M.  de  Lesseps  to  the  contrary. 

There  is  nothing  more  potent  than  a  grievance.  M.  de  Lesseps 
presents  one.  It  is  nothing  less  than  that  the  Congress  which  he 
invoked  had  not  been  furnished  with  all  of  the  means  by  which  the 
Commission  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  United  States  had 
arrived  at  a  decision  respecting  the  merits  of  the  different  routes. 
This  "  exclusively  American  Commission  "  was  appointed  under  an 
act  of  Congress  to  obtain  and  report  upon  all  necessary  information 
touching  the  question  of  the  practicability  of  an  interoceanic  ship- 
canal  across  this  continent.  To  enable  it  to  carry  out  the  expressed 
objects  in  the  progress  of  the  work,  it  thought  necessary  to  ask  a 
personal  inspection  of  the  routes  by  able  engineers  for  its  informa- 
tion, in  order  the  better  to  form  an  opinion  as  to  the  relative  cost 
of  execution,  over  which  it  was  supposed  actual  lines  of  location 
existed.  These  inspections  were  made,  and  revealed  the  fact  that 
the  Atrato-Napipi  route  located  by  Commander  Selfridge  was  almost 
wholly  supposititious,   and    that   the  Nicaragua  route  located  by 


M.  BE  LES8EP8  AND  HIS  CANAL.  133 

Commander  Lull  presented  all  the  elements  of  calculation  for  an 
engineer. 

The  Commission  endeavored  in  vain  to  get  from  or  through  the 
Panama  Railroad  surveys  for  a  canal,  said  to  have  been  made  by 
Colonel  Totten.  As  far  as  I  know,  only  partial  lines  were  made  by 
him  for  that  object. 

Finding  it  impossible  to  get  the  information  otherwise  than 
through  an  instrumental  survey,  the  Commission  stated  to  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  its  inability  to  arrive  at  a  conclusion 
without  it,  and  our  Government  immediately  directed  its  execution 
in  a  manner  quite  satisfactory  to  the  Commission,  by  the  command- 
ing officer  and  civil  engineer  who  had  executed  the  surveys  of  the 
Nicaragua  route,  thus  obviating  a  further  examination  of  them  for 
comparison  as  to  cost  of  execution. 

The  Government  also  directed  the  making  of  an  actual  line  of 
location  via  the  Atrato-Napipi  route  by  Lieutenant  Collins,  IT.  S. 
Navy,  a  very  able  and  reliable  officer,  as  the  results  of  his  surveys 
show. 

The  Commission  then  examined  carefully  into  all  the  work  done, 
and  sent  to  the  President  its  report,  journal  of  proceedings,  and  cop- 
ies of  all  of  the  surveys  and  inspections,  upon  which  it  based  its 
decision.  The  surveys  of  the  Panama  and  Atrato  routes  were  pub- 
lished especially  for  and  sent  by  our  Government  to  the  Paris  Con- 
gress. Our  Government  did  not  furnish  the  journal  of  the  Commis- 
sion nor  the  long  reports  of  the  engineers  sent  over  the  two  routes 
above  named,  not  as  a  board,  but  to  give  their  individual  opinions 
for  the  information  and  guidance  of  the  Commission.  The  value 
of  this  information  was  duly  acknowledged  in  their  report,  of  which 
copies  were  furnished  the  Congress.  Has  M.  de  Lesseps  a  real  or 
an  imaginary  grievance?  Has  the  "exclusively  American  Com- 
mission "  indulged  in  ways  that  are  dark,  as  is  inferred  ? 

In  due  time  I  shall  revert  to  his  parade  of  the  candor  and  ingen- 
uousness of  the  Congress  considering  that  subject,  in  the  light  of 
papers  which  I  think  he  will  agree  with  me  are  not  to  be  found  even 
in  the  libraries  of  the  Geographical  Society  of  Paris. 

There  is  an  old  proverb  that  it  is  not  polite  to  look  a  gift-horse 
in  the  mouth.  There  was  no  moral  obligation  on  the  part  of  our 
Government  to  furnish  M.  de  Lesseps  and  his  Congress  with  any 
surveys  ;  there  would  have  been  neither  reason  nor  object  in  using 
duplicity.  He  was  furnished  with  all  the  information  in  our  posses- 
sion, and  was  at  liberty  to  assign  any  value  to  it  that  he  thought 
vol.  cxxx. — no.  279.  10 


134:  TEE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

proper.  In  relation  to  the  cost  of  these  surveys,  I  wish  to  correct  an 
error.  He  gravely  asserts  the  expenses  incurred  through  making 
them  was  $5,000,000. 

In  1870  an  appropriation  of  $40,000  was  transferred,  which  fur- 
nished instruments,  engineers,  draughtsmen,  hired  labor,  extra  ra- 
tions, shelter-tents,  etc.,  for  the  Tehuantepec  and  Nicaragua  sur- 
veys, and  for  all  those  made  by  Commander  Selfridge.  The  special 
expenses  necessary  for  the  objects  above  named  for  instrumental 
surveys  of  the  Panama  route  by  Commander  Lull  and  for  the  Atra- 
to-Napipi  route  by  Lieutenant  Collins,  amounting  to  about  810,000, 
were  met  by  the  navy  contingent  fund,  in  great  part,  at  least,  very 
little  of  the  $40,000  appropriation  remaining  unexpended. 

No  expenses  were  entailed  on  the  Government  through  the  di- 
version of  vessels  of  war  from  their  ordinary  duties  as  cruisers  to 
"  special  duty  "  to  aid  in  these  surveys.  The  cost  of  publication 
was  defrayed  by  special  appropriations,  probably  amounting  to 
$50,000.  As  M.  de  Lesseps's  statement  of  the  expenditures  made 
as  a  consequence  of  these  surveys  is  preposterous,  the  public  would 
be  pleased  to  know  the  source  of  his  misinformation. 

Referring  to  page  5,  we  find  M.  de  Lesseps  compliments  General 
Tiirr  and  others,  who  formed  an  initiatory  society,  of  which  we 
shall  know  more  before  the  close  of  this  paper.  He  says,  "  In  that 
company  I  have  taken  no  part  whatever." 

In  April  of  1866  a  M.  Gogorza  sought  my  acquaintance  and 
informed  me  that  he  knew  a  low  line  of  levels  across  the  Isthmus 
of  Darien.  I  expressed  my  gratification,  and  was  informed  that  he 
sought  an  interview  with  General  Grant,  to  lay  the  whole  matter 
before  him.  I  replied  that  I  knew  General  Grant  took  great  inter- 
est in  that  subject,  and  hoped  that  I  could  arrange  this  as  he  de- 
sired. In  short,  General  Grant  sent  an  officer  then  on  his  staff  to 
see  M.  Gogorza,  who  showed  partial  maps,  and  finally  said  that  he 
was  unwilling  to  give  up  his  great  secret,  as  he  would  then  be  quite 
in  the  power  of  those  who  were  possessed  of  it.  Some  years  after 
I  received  a  note  from  him,  urging  haste,  without  which  his  precious 
information  would  fall  into  the  hands  of  Europeans,  a  calamity  that 
he  was  most  anxious  to  prevent.  Perhaps  somewhat  in  an  Anglo- 
Saxon  manner  I  replied  that  I  would  have  nothing  to  do  with  a 
mere  pretender.  I  had  placed  him  years  before  in  communication 
with  General  Grant,  and  he  had  failed  to  carry  out  his  expressed 
purpose. 

During  the  fall  of  1876,  after  I  had  prepared  a  paper  which  was 


M.  BE  LESSEPS  AND  HIS  CANAL.  135 

read  October  31st  before  the  Geographical  Society  of  New  York, 
the  Secretary  of  State  presented  me  a  pamphlet  by  M.  Gogorza,  who 
at  length  had  given  the  world  his  great  secret.  I  stated  that  I  had 
a  personal  acquaintance  with  this  individual,  and  pointed  out,  by 
the  height  he  gave  the  mouth  of  the  river  Paya  above  the  sea-level, 
that  what  was  asserted  as  a  fact  was  a  mere  fallacy.  A  foot-note, 
read  before  the  Society  referred  to,  exposed  the  pretension  of  Go- 
gorza. I  may  as  well  add  that  the  paper  was  prepared  for  the  pur- 
pose of  showing  the  sufficiency  of  our  information  respecting  the 
Isthmus  to  controvert  the  assumptions  of  M.  Drouillet,  French  engi- 
neer, and  the  first  Secretary  of  the  Initiatory  Society.  He  visited 
our  country  to  invoke  the  aid  of  our  learned  societies  in  a  "  gener- 
ous attempt "  to  explore  these  (to  him)  unknown  regions,  in  relation 
to  which  he  had  vainly  endeavored  to  inform  himself  for  the  past 
five  years,  but  could  not,  by  reason  of  the  information  being  entire- 
ly contradictory ! 

In  addition  to  being  possessed  of  "valuable  information,"  M. 
Gogorza  held  a  provisionary  grant  from  the  Colombian  Government. 
Hence  we  see  his  title  to  a  very  considerable  share  of  the  proceeds 
of  the  Initiatory  Society  before  alluded  to — not  resulting,  however, 
from  the  benefit  derived  from  his  "  information,"  for  we  find  that 
Lieutenant  Wyse,  after  all,  did  agree  with  me  that  the  Tuyra-Tupisa 
route  was  impossible  for  a  canal,  as  shown  in  my  paper  of  Novem- 
ber, 1878.  Yet  he  compliments  Gogorza  on  his  services,  and  him- 
self visited  Bogota  twice  to  secure  desired  amendments  to  the  con- 
cession, which  at  length  were  obtained.  In  reading  the  papers  of 
the  Initiatory  Society,  it  seems  that  M.  Gogorza  was  like  Esau,  not 
in  the  matter  of  a  hairy  coat,  but  in  the  value  that  he  attached  to  a 
mess  of  pottage — General  Turr,  the  brother-in-law  of  Lieutenant 
Wyse,  supplying  (figuratively)  the  coveted  article.  The  Paris  Con- 
gress was  then  called — not,  however,  until  ten  days'  labor  in  running 
a  dozen  cross-sections  over  the  levels  of  the  Panama  Railroad  had 
opened  up  that  unknown  region,  and  had  established  the  practicabil- 
ity of  a  ship-canal  d  niveau,  the  plans  for  which  received  such  high 
commendations  from  M.  de  Lesseps  in  that  august  body. 

Now  the  intelligent  reader  will  be  prepared  to  compare  the  sup- 
posed hidden,  devious  ways  of  the  American  Commission  with  the 
interesting  and  much- vaunted  preliminaries  to  and  proceedings  in 
the  Paris  Congress,  as  shown  in  the  "  Articles  of  Agreement  of  the 
International  Society  for  cutting  an  Interoceanic  Canal  through 
the  Isthmus  of  Darien  "  (see  Appendix). 


136  TEE  NORTE  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

Considering  M.  de  Lesseps's  apology  for  us,  based  on  the  very 
humble  ideas  held  by  the  American  Commission  by  reason  of  small 
sailing-vessels  and  rudimentary  steamers  forming  our  commercial 
marine,  and  calling  at  the  same  time  our  attention  to  the  grand 
dimensions  and  purposes  of  steam  marine  in  Europe,  it  may  nat- 
urally be  supposed  that  the  attention  of  persons  who  may  interest 
themselves  in  the  canal  project  will  be  directed  to  a  provision  for 
the  transit  of  longer  vessels,  through  the  construction  of  sufficient 
locks  and  curves  of  longer  radii.  His  ideas  as  to  locks  and  lockage, 
however,  are  very  crude,  or,  to  speak  with  more  propriety,  his  cita- 
tion of  a  lock  at  Bordeaux  as  "  a  vast  improvement ;  and  yet,  great 
as  it  is,  the  Congo,  of  the  Transatlantic  line,  occupied  an  hour  and  a 
half  in  passing  it,"  shows  so  deplorable  a  want  of  efficiency  in  that 
respect  that  it  excites  surprise. 

In  this  country,  the  commerce  of  which,  in  the  opinion  of  M.  de 
Lesseps,  is  confined  to  small  sailing-vessels  and  steamers  of  small  or 
rudimentary  development,  a  lift-lock  is  now  near  completion  at  St. 
Mary's,  Michigan,  five  hundred  and  fifteen  feet  in  length,  sixty  feet 
width  of  gate,  and  eighteen  feet  lift.  The  computed  time  of  a 
steamer  entering  into  and  passing  through  the  lock  is  eleven  minutes. 
The  constructor  is  General  Weitzel,  United  States  Engineers,  who 
has  been  engaged  for  the  past  twelve  years  in  constructing  and 
operating  locks  of  large  dimensions.  Without  intending  disparage- 
ment to  the  many  able  men  who  attended  the  Paris  Congress,  I  will 
add  that,  in  this  department  of  engineering,  he  may  be  regarded  as 
the  equal  of  any. 

M.  de  Lesseps  found,  notwithstanding  the  "  information  "  and 
services  of  M.  Gogorza,  that  only  after  the  researches  on  the  Isth- 
mus of  Panama  "  the  time  had  arrived  for  realizing  the  wish  of 
1875,  namely,  to  convene  a  national  congress  to  which  all  the 
investigations  made  and  all  the  plans  proposed  should  be  sub- 
mitted. ...  I  sent  an  invitation  to  all  the  chambers  of  commerce 
and  scientific  societies  without  making  any  appeal  to  governments, 
and  on  our  sole  invitation  everybody  came."  Mr.  Menocal  and  my- 
self were  ordered  by  our  Government  to  attend  the  Congress.  We 
met  many  other  officers  of  foreign  Governments  who  occupied  the 
same  position  as  ourselves.  Can  any  intelligent  person  believe  that 
our  Government,  without  invitation  or  request,  sent  delegates  to 
this  meeting  ? 

On  May  23d  M.  de  Lesseps  addressed  the  Congress  as  follows 
(p.  638)  :  "  In  my  belief  we  should  not  make  a  canal  with  locks  at 


M.  DE  LESSEPS  AND  EIS  CANAL.  137 

Panama,  but  a  canal  at  the  sea-level ;  that  is,  I  believe,  the  public 
opinion  of  which  I  am  the  organ  at  this  moment." 

The  Congress  obligingly  conformed  to  his  expressed  wishes  ;  he 
was  the  organ  of  "  public  opinion,"  and  he  charged  himself  with  the 
execution  of  the  work.  I  am  not  disposed  to  reply  either  affirma- 
tively or  negatively  to  the  question,  "  Can  any  one  assert  that  the 
Nicaragua  project  was  not  sufficiently  examined?"  If  the  Con- 
gress and  its  President  are  satisfied  with  the  examination,  it  would 
be  idle  and  captious  to  dissent.  If  they  are  satisfied  with  the  de- 
cision, we  are  also  ;  the  question  of  whether  engineering  considera- 
tions supported  the  decision  is  quite  another  question.  M.  de  Les- 
seps  presents  the  case  as  though  there  were  only  an  American  sup- 
port to  the  canal  via  Nicaragua,  and  excuses  us  for  our  apparent 
want  of  comprehension  of  a  grand  idea.  The  question  has  been 
discussed  in  the  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  of  France  ;  it  would  be 
simply  a  narrow  prejudice  not  to  recognize  that  body  as  the  equal 
of  any  on  the  globe. 

It  is  worth  while  to  state  with  precision  the  character  and  attain- 
ments of  an  able  civil  engineer.  He  is  a  man  eminently  gifted  with 
a  perception  of  the  forces  of  nature  in  their  varied  forms,  and  is 
thoroughly  educated  in  the  means  and  devices  which  will  permit  of 
using  them  as  far  as  possible,  and,  when  a  question  arises  of  antago- 
nizing them,  to  do  so  with  the  greatest  economy  ;  he  is  thoroughly 
an  economist,  and  supports  that  which  is  best  for  any  proposed  pur- 
pose in  all  its  bearings.  Like  the  jurist,  he  belongs  to  no  land  ; 
knows  no  special  pleading ;  recognizes  and  sustains  only  what  he 
regards  the  truth  under  all  conditions,  and  ignores  the  fact  that  his 
personal  interests  may  suffer  thereby.  In  this  connection  I  may  say 
no  one  of  the  five  able  engineers,  delegates  to  the  Congress  from  the 
Society  of  Civil  Engineers  of  Paris,  supports  "  public  opinion  "  and 
its  organ.  They  and  many  other  eminent  French  engineers  were 
absent  when  the  vote  was  taken,  or  voted  no. 

On  the  20th  of  June,  in  Paris,  this  Society  was  addressed  by  two 
of  those  delegates,  M.  Cotard  and  M.  Lavalley.  After  hearing  all 
this  discussion,  M.  de  Lesseps  is  still  pleased  to  hold  up  the  canal 
via  Nicaragua  as  wholly  an  American  idea,  that  existed  in  fact  only 
from  a  want  of  comprehension  of  the  grand  problem  solved  by 
Wyse  and  Reclus,  the  discoverers  of  the  possibilities  of  Panama. 
If  any  one  will  take  up  the  journal  of  the  proceedings  of  that  day, 
he  will  not  have  to  suspect  why  M.  de  Lesseps  is  silent  in  regard 
to  it. 


138  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

The  very  high  and  deserved  compliments  paid  to  M.  Lavalley  as 
an  engineer  by  M.  de  Lesseps  (see  page  637  of  the  proceedings) 
would  lead  to  the  supposition  that  sufficient  value  would  be  attached 
to  his  opinion  to  insure  a  remembrance  that  it  had  been  expressed 
at  length,  and  was  supported  by  several  of  the  very  able  engineers 
present  in  the  discussion  referred  to.  I  submit  the  question  if  it  is 
quite  ingenuous  to  present  to  the  American  public  the  idea  that  the 
Nicaragua  project  has  no  other  than  an  American  support,  when  it 
has  the  support  of  such  eminent  and  able  engineers  in  France  ? 

It  fails  to  have  the  support  of  M.  Dauzats,  Chief  Engineer  of  the 
Suez  Canal,  who  has  gained  his  experience  under  the  tutorage  of  his 
illustrious  patron.  He  has  recently  written  a  pamphlet,  in  which, 
by  an  able  and  skillful  adaptation  of  a  flood  that  occurred  on  the 
Suez  Canal,  as  a  measure  of  the  conditions  required  on  the  Isthmus 
of  Panama,  he  has,  in  his  belief,  settled  the  feasibility  of  a  canal  d 
niveau,  via  Panama.  Now,  to  satisfy  the  public  at  large,  and  espe- 
cially in  this  country,  an  additional  measure  is  suggested — that  of 
the  relative  magnitude  of  the  Suez  flood  and  the  one  which  sub- 
merged the  Panama  Railroad  from  the  20th  to  the  29th  of  November 
last,  and  bearing  steadily  in  mind  that  the  average  yearly  rainfall 
at  Panama  is  one  hundred  and  twenty-four  inches,  and  Suez  one 
inch  and  a  third. 

The  "  Report  of  Congress,"  a  beautiful  volume  of  700  pages,  is 
declared  "  a  monument  of  science  erected  in  a  fortnight."  I  have 
on  a  former  occasion  spoken  of  the  many  able  men  whom  I  had  the 
honor  to  meet  in  that  assemblage ;  of  its  composition  as  a  whole 
there  are  diverse  opinions.  A  pamphlet  published  in  Paris  with 
the  title  of  "  400,000,000  a  l'eau,"  gives  the  following  : 

"  Let  it  be  remarked  that  one  half  of  the  Congress  were  French  ; 
they  had  been  chosen  by  the  organizers  of  that  assembly ;  thirty-four 
members  belonged  to  the  Geographical  or  the  Commercial  Geogra- 
phical Society  of  Paris.  What  was  their  competency  to  decide 
between  a  canal  with  locks  or  on  a  sea-level  ?  Fourteen  other  mem- 
bers were  engineers  or  assistants  of  some  sort  on  the  Suez  Canal. 
What  was  their  impartiality  between  M.  de  Lesseps  and  others  ? 
And,  among  the  others,  if  one  takes  count  of  personal  friendships 
and  of  the  prestige  exercised  by  a  great  name,  how  many  more  will 
remain  ?  "  The  writer  is  a  gentleman  of  character  and  ability  well 
known  in  Paris  ;  therefore  I  feel  at  liberty  to  give  his  view. 

The  objection  to  Nicaragua,  based  on  the  destructive  effects  of 
earthquakes,  is  best  met  by  the  statement  that  a  high,  broken  arch- 


M.  BE  LE8SEP8  AND  EIS  CANAL.  139 

way  of  a  ruined  church  in  the  town  of  Granada  has  stood  for  a 
quarter  of  a  century  against  the  action  of  gravitation  even,  due  to 
the  tenacity  of  the  cement — a  proof  as  well  of  the  value  of  this 
native  product,  so  essential  in  large  quantities  for  canal  construc- 
tion, as  that  earthquakes  in  that  region  may  be  regarded  at  least 
without  alarm.  Berghaus's  chart  has  been  appealed  to  as  a  proof 
that  the  Panama  region  is  not  subject  to  these  convulsions,  yet  on 
May  1,  1879,  three  shocks  were  so  severe  as  to  cause  consternation 
along  the  line  of  railroad,  and  at  least  one  heavy  shock  has  occurred 
this  fall.  The  fact  is,  the  whole  Central  American  region  is  well 
known  to  be  subject  to  them,  with  a  remote  possibility  of  injury, 
the  less  serious  in  proportion  as  the  works  admit  of  repair.  In  this 
connection  M.  Lavalley  said,  in  the  discussion  before  referred  to  : 

"  Engineers  should  not  fail  to  examine  all  sides  of  a  question. 
An  objection  urged  against  the  construction  of  locks  is  the  fre- 
quency of  earthquakes.  It  is,  then,  a  question  to  consider  the  in- 
juries which  locks  would  suffer  ;  they  would  be  simply  fissures,  and 
such  accidents  as  are  relatively  easily  repaired.  On  the  other  hand, 
it  must  be  asked,  what  effects  these  same  earthquakes  would  pro- 
duce on  a  tunnel  of  forty  metres'  opening."  (At  that  time  the  tun- 
nel was  urged,  but  abandoned  later  for  an  open  cut  more  than  three 
hundred  feet  deep,  the  side-walls  almost  vertical.)  The  reader  will 
naturally  ask,  What  effect  would  an  earthquake  have  in  shaking 
down  these  broken  rocks  into  the  canal?  In  short,  the  relative 
questions  are  to  be  considered  as  remote  possibilities.  All  of  the 
locks  on  the  Nicaragua  Canal,  except  four,  are  so  planned  as  to 
admit  of  drawing  off  the  water  from  them  without  emptying  the 
canal,  reducing  to  a  minimum  the  time  of  delay  and  the  cost  of 
repair. 

The  idea  expressed  by  M.  de  Lesseps  in  the  Congress,  that  the 
Americans  could  very  well  afford  to  pay  four  times  the  tolls  charged 
at  Suez,  has  singularly  enough  been  omitted  in  the  "  Review."  As 
this  is  an  important  question,  it  seems  strange  indeed  that  so  candid 
a  man  and  so  disposed  to  discuss  the  merits  of  a  canal  should  have 
failed  to  present  so  important  a  subject  as  the  rate  of  tolls. 

Touching  the  matter  of  the  "  Monroe  doctrine,"  I  am  disposed 
to  support  the  opinion  of  M.  de  Lesseps.  When  a  European  nation 
enters  into  occupation  and  domination  of  American  territory  as 
France  did  under  his  patron,  the  late  Emperor,  during  our  civil 
war,  we  can  properly  send  a  polite  diplomatic  note  that  we  would 
prefer  a  withdrawal  of  its  forces,  as  we  did  on  that  occasion.     It  is 


140  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

true  that,  in  addition,  a  force  of  seventy  thousand  men  under  Gen- 
eral Sheridan  was  held  on  the  frontier  of  Mexico,  which  may  have 
been  regarded  as  a  substantial  backer  to  the  note.  M.  de  Lesseps, 
educated  in  Eastern  diplomacy,  as  he  states  in  making  mention  of 
treasured  advice  received  from  Mehemet  Ali,  will  be  able  to  form 
an  opinion  as  to  the  relative  values  of  the  diplomatic  note  and  of 
the  disposable  force. 

Respecting  the  able  presentation  of  the  voyages  of  the  ships  of 
Hiram  and  Solomon  to  the  land  of  Ophir,  of  Parnim  and  Tarshish, 
I  have  nothing  to  say,  or,  rather,  I  will  concede  all  he  says,  and  yet 
have  to  confess,  after  looking  at  the  matter  in  all  of  its  practical 
bearings  respecting  the  construction  of  a  ship-canal,  I  am  still  lost 
in  the  merest  conjecture.  Sentiment  should  always  be  respected  ; 
it  can  not  be  put  in  a  balance  and  weighed  like  gold  and  silver  or 
precious  stones. 

M.  de  Lesseps  has  so  frequently  stated  that  there  were  fewer 
engineering  obstacles  in  the  construction  of  the  Suez  Canal  than  on 
many  of  the  railroads  in  France,  that  I  invite  attention  to  that  fact 
as  an  answer  to  his  several  notes  of  admiration  on  page  14  respect- 
ing the  execution  of  that  work. 

He  has  as  frequently  said  that  all  the  difficulties  now  urged 
against  the  Panama  sea-level  canal  had  been  urged  against  the  con- 
struction of  the  Suez  Canal,  so  that  it  was  only  necessary  to  sub- 
stitute Panama  for  Suez,  and  it  was  the  same  old  story.  So  far  as 
I  am  aware,  no  one  has  suggested  that  a  rainfall  of  one  hundred 
and  twenty-four  inches  would  at  Suez  cause  great  damage  without 
the  use  of  lockage  to  a  sufficient  height  to  escape  the  destructive 
effects  of  floods.  This  physical  condition  was  brought  to  his  notice 
as  existing  at  Panama,  that  is  to  say,  a  rainfall  one  hundred  times 
that  at  Suez. 

We  learn  that  M.  de  Lesseps,  accompanied  (we  hope)  by  the 
able  engineers  "  who  made  plans  for  ample  drainage  of  the  surplus 
water  of  the  Chagres  River,"  is  now  en  route  to  Panama.  Had 
they  arrived  at  any  time  between  the  20th  and  29th  of  November, 
they  would  have  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing,  in  the  terse  language 
of  Sir  John  Hawkshaw,  "  how  those  showers  behave." 

There  is  an  old  story  of  Canute  the  Dane,  who,  surrounded  by 
flatterers,  was  informed  that  even  the  winds  and  the  waves  would 
obey  him.  He  seated  himself  on  the  borders  of  the  rising  tide  and 
commanded  it  to  halt,  but  it  would  not ;  so,  after  all,  he  found  it 
necessary  to  leave,  somewhat  angered,  it  seems,  as  he  is  supposed  to 


M.  DE  LESSEPS  AND  EIS  CANAL,  141 

have  said  to  his  followers,  "  Base  flatterers,  God  alone  can  stay  the 
floods  ! " 

Soon  M.  de  Lesseps  will  stand  where  a  recent  flood  filled  not 
only  the  bed  of  the  stream,  but  the  entire  valley.  Will  his  genius 
provide  a  remedy  ?  That  the  floods  come  in  their  might  is  an  in- 
exorable fact.  The  "able  engineers"  may  sing  their  lullabys  to 
M.  de  Lesseps  ;  he  may  take  up  the  strain  and  give  it  to  the  world ; 
and  Mr.  Nathan  Appleton  may  tell  him  that  after  a  lecture  in  Chi- 
cago he  will  get  all  the  money  he  requires.  Will  the  moneyed  world 
join  as  a  chorus,  swelling  the  note  to  one  of  triumph  of  the  mighty 
forces  of  man  and  the  insignificance  of  those  of  Nature  ? 

The  article  under  discussion  closes  with  these  hopeful  words : 
"  I  do  not  hesitate  to  declare  that  the  Panama  Canal  will  be  easier 
to  begin,  to  finish,  and  to  maintain,  than  the  Canal  of  Suez." 

I  will  assume  that  the  displacement  of  a  shovelful  of  earth  some- 
where in  the  vicinity  of  the  work  is  not  seriously  a  beginning.  In 
my  view,  the  raising  of  the  necessary  funds  is  the  real  beginning  of 
the  work.  After  the  Congress  had  formally  endorsed  M.  de  Lesseps 
as  the  organ  of  "  public  opinion,"  his  books  were  opened  with  great 
eclat  in  Europe  and  even  in  America ;  after  three  days  he  closed 
them  and  announced  that,  as  the  amount  subscribed  was  insufficient, 
the  subscribers  were  at  liberty  to  withdraw  the  money  paid  in.  His 
"  Bulletin  "  has  been  singularly  silent  respecting  the  number  of  shares 
of  stock  taken.  I  have  seen  an  estimate  that  it  amounted  to  about 
two  per  cent,  of  the  sum  required.  In  his  address  in  Washington, 
Mr.  Nathan  Appleton  expressed  the  belief  that  M.  de  Lesseps  would 
come  to  this  country  after  leaving  Panama,  lecture  at  Chicago,  and 
then  the  money  would  be  obtainable.  Without  wishing  to  interfere 
with  what  concerns  those  gentlemen,  it  would  seem  to  me  that  the 
place  to  seek  a  moneyed  support  would  be  where  "  public  opinion  " 
demanded  a  canal  a  niveau — in  Paris — where  they  are  both  so  favor- 
ably known. 

Respecting  the  canal  d  niveau,  via  Panama,  Sir  John  Hawkshaw 
said,  "  During  the  construction  of  a  canal  at  the  sea-level,  difficul- 
ties would  arise  in  providing  for  drainage,  which  would  affect  both 
time  of  execution  and  cost  to  an  extent  that  could  hardly  be  ascer- 
tained in  advance." 

These  difficulties  will  not,  unhappily,  be  exorcised.  The  flood 
of  November  last  was  several  feet  higher  than  was  indicated  by 
Mr.  Menocal  in  the  Paris  Congress,  in  relation  to  which  Lieutenant 
Reclus  asked  him  if  he  was  "  serious."    The  road-bed  of  the  Panama 


142  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW, 

Railroad  is  supposed  to  be  located  with  the  view  to  secure,  as  far 
as  possible,  immunity  from  floods,  yet  the  damage  sustained,  it  is 
stated  in  recent  dispatches,  will  certainly  cause  suspension  of  traffic 
until  January  1st,  and  perhaps  until  February.  How  can  any  per- 
son continue  to  say  that  the  maintenance  of  the  Panama  Canal  d 
niveau  would  be  less  difficult  than  that  at  Suez,  when  such  a  flood 
would  seem  to  be  sufficient  to  almost  obliterate  it  throughout  one 
half  of  its  length,  were  it  now  constructed  ? 

It  does  not  require  an  engineer  to  appreciate  the  power  of  floods 
in  the  transportation  of  silt,  bowlders,  trees,  etc.,  or  to  make  note 
of  the  vast  piles  accumulated  at  such  points  or  sections  as  by  reason 
of  greater  width  of  stream,  or  from  a  decreased  velocity,  favor  a 
deposit. 

There  are  certain  relations  of  rainfall,  difference  of  levels,  char- 
acter of  bottom  and  of  adjacent  lands  when  submerged,  which  make 
up  what  is  known  as  the  regimen  of  a  stream,  to  reestablish  which, 
in  its  entirety,  requires  only  a  sufficient  number  of  floods,  whatever 
temporary  changes  man  may  have  effected  by  dredging. 

The  silt  from  the  Nile  far  away  makes  the  maintenance  of  the 
harbor  of  Port  Said  a  matter  of  grave  consideration  ;  last  year  five 
hundred  and  sixty  thousand  cubic  yards  had  to  be  dredged  from 
the  outer  harbor  of  that  port,  yet  the  character  of  the  high  waters 
of  that  stream  and  the  comparatively  small  descent  per  mile  make 
its  transporting  power  very  small  indeed  as  compared  with  the 
Chagres. 

In  addition  to  the  physical  difficulties  affecting  the  finishing  and 
maintenance  of  the  canal,  M.  de  Lesseps  seems  to  have  a  concession 
which  would  weigh  heavily  upon  the  tolls,  and  it  is  said  that  the 
Panama  Railroad  demands  and  has  been  promised  $14,000,000  in 
money  and  $40,000,000  in  canal  stock  for  the  road,  rolling  stock, 
and  franchise.  He  can  very  readily  enlighten  the  public  in  the 
"Bulletin"  in  this  regard,  and  as  to  the  statement  of  his  counsel, 
that  the  canal  will  cost  800,000,000  francs,  and  thus  reduce  the 
profits  of  the  stockholders  one  half  (see  Appendix,  "  Journal  of  Pro- 
ceedings of  Initiatory  Society"). 

In  the  opinion  of  M.  de  Lesseps,  "  sailing-vessels  have  come  to 
occupy  a  very  subordinate  position  in  the  commerce  of  the  world." 
Few  pass  through  the  Suez  Canal,  therefore  they  are  doomed  and 
will  soon  disappear.  The  fact  is,  sixty  per  cent,  of  the  English 
tonnage  between  the  East  and  Europe  still  passes  around  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  notwithstanding  the  existence  of  the  canal,  which  in 


( 


M.  BE  LESSEPS  AND  EIS  CANAL.  143 

1878  was  used  by  but  twenty-five  sailing-vessels.  The  statistics  of 
Great  Britain  indicate  that  the  carrying  capacity  of  her  sailing  fleet 
engaged  in  foreign  commerce  is  double  that  of  all  steam-vessels 
similarly  employed,  and  a  steady  yearly  increase  of  tonnage  in  sail- 
ing-vessels is  also  shown ;  the  statistics  of  the  Suez  Canal  seem  also 
to  show  that  the  tonnage  likely  to  pass  through  it  has  reached  a 
maximum. 

As  regards  the  relative  merits  for  sailing-vessels  of  the  Nicara- 
gua and  Panama  lines,  the  subject  has  been  so  often  and  so  thor- 
oughly discussed  that  it  hardly  admits  of  further  controversy.  The 
opinion  of  Commander  Maury,  expressed  in  relation  to  Panama,  it 
seems  to  me  should  be  considered  in  a  qualified  sense.  It  was  an 
expression  of  the  delays  that  would  result  to  vessels  depending 
upon  sailing-power  only,  unaided  by  tugs  over  very  considerable 
distances.  He  said  that  if  an  earthquake  should  rend  the  continent 
asunder  at  Panama  the  strait  would  be  unused  by  sailing-vessels, 
from  the  prevalence  of  calms  in  that  region.  It  seems  to  me  that 
it  would  lead  to  the  employment  of  very  many  towboats  and  tow- 
age through  this  region,  which  in  certain  directions  has  less  dis- 
tance to  where  winds  may  be  found  than  in  other  directions. 

The  region  of  Grey  town  on  the  Atlantic  coast  and  Brito  on  the 
Pacific  are  almost  exempt  from  calms.  By  reason  of  the  winds 
favoring  both  outward  and  return  voyages,  sailing-vessels  would, 
for  a  long  period  at  least,  be  the  most  considerable  factor  through 
the  Nicaraguan  Canal. 

I  have  endeavored  to  follow  the  paper  of  M.  de  Lesseps  and 
point  out  certain  grave  errors  into  which  he  has  fallen,  and  have 
done  so  with  less  chagrin,  as  it  may  enliven  the  canal  question  to 
him  and  in  a  measure  alleviate  his  disappointment  expressed  at  the 
absence  of  a  serious  opposition.  It  has  been  necessary  to  allude  to 
points  not  presented  by  him,  such  as  his  proposed  rate  of  tolls,  and 
to  discuss  some  of  the  general  features  of  the  question  ;  but  the  in- 
telligent reader  who  has  no  previous  knowledge  will  be  able  to  form 
only  a  partial  and  a  not  very  intelligent  opinion  by  reading  the 
paper  of  M.  de  Lesseps  and  my  reply. 

Within  the  past  three  years  I  have  prepared  three  papers  for 
the  American  Geographical  Society  of  New  York,  which  contain  all 
the  information  I  possess  touching  the  economy  and  the  possibilities 
of  an  American  interoceanic  ship-canal. 

Daniel  Ammen. 

Washington,  January  1,  1880. 


144  THE  NORTE  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

APPENDIX. 

Articles  of  Agreement  of  the  International  Society  for  cutting  an  Interoceanic 
Canal  through  the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  August  19,  1876. 

Article  I.  A  mutual  society  is  hereby  formed  by  the  subscribers,  with 
the  following  objects :  1.  To  cause  to  be  made  by  chosen  engineers  the  gen- 
eral outline  and  estimates  for  an  interoceanic  canal,  without  locks  or  tunnels, 
across  the  Isthmus  of  Darien,  following  first  and  foremost  the  track  indicated 
by  M.  Gogorza. 

Art.  IV.  .  .  .  It  is  now  agreed  that  after  the  meeting  of  delegates  from 
the  Geographical  Societies,  under  the  presidency  of  M.  de  Lesseps,  to  take 
place  at  Paris  in  October,  General  Ttirr  will  resign  in  favor  of  M.  de  Lesseps 
the  presidency  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  then  to  be  elected. 

Art.  VIII.  ...  of  the  six  remaining  beneficiary  shares,  two  are  to  be 
placed  at  the  disposal  of  General  Turr,  and,  of  the  four  others,  two  shall  be 
allotted  to  M.  Wyse,  who  will  conduct  the  expedition,  and  two  others  are  to 
be  reserved  for  a  purpose  known  to  the  persons  interested. 

Extract  from  the  Proceedings  in  General  Meeting  of  the  International  Civil 
Society  of  the  Interoceanic  Canal,  held  June  10  and  17,  1879. 

The  subscribers  to  the  International  Civil  Society  of  the  Interoceanic 
Canal  met  on  the  9th  inst.,  at  Rue  Mogador.  .  .  . 

The  President  then  declared  that  a  quorum  of  the  Society  was  present, 
and  pronounced  the  following  words : 

"  .  .  .  "Whoever,  then,  builds  the  canal,  our  Society  will  have  given  the 
initiative  to  the  work.  We  hoped  that  it  would  push  the  execution  of  the 
work  under  the  direction  of  the  illustrious  founder  of  the  Suez  Canal ;  but 
M.  Ferdinand  de  Lesseps,  who  for  four  years  has  assisted  us  with  his  advice, 
has  now  decided  to  prosecute  in  person  the  realization  of  this  immense  enter- 
prise, and  desires  that  our  Society  should  concede  to  him  its  work  and  its 
interest,  only  preserving  in  the  company  which  he  is  about  to  form  the  inter- 
est resulting  from  our  share  of  the  capital."  .  .  . 

A  Member  :  "  Our  concession  stipulates  that,  if  the  route  for  the  canal 
through  the  United  States  of  Colombia  is  adopted,  the  share  of  the  conceding 
Society  shall  be  ten  per  cent,  of  the  stock  capital  raised  for  building  the 
canal.  It  being  thought  necessary  to  raise  a  total  capital  of  eight  hundred 
million  francs,  it  will  be  no  doubt  preferable  to  restrain  the  shares  to  a  total 
value  of  four  hundred  millions.  In  this  case  our  right  would  be  forty  mil- 
lions, if  we  insisted  on  interpreting  the  letter  of  our  contract ;  but  it  is  evi- 
dent that  this  figure  is  too  large,  and  that  we  can  not  maintain  it.  ...  I  am 
of  opinion,  therefore,  that  our  Society  should  demand  fifteen  million  francs 
for  its  concessions."  .  .  . 

After  a  long  discussion,  in  which  all  the  members  of  the  board  of  the 
conceding  Society  took  part,  the  sum  was  fixed  definitely  between  them  at 
fifteen  million  francs. 


I 


M.  DE  LESSEPS  AND  HIS  CANAL.  145 

M.  Ferdinand  de  Lesseps  then  said :  "  Your  declarations  are  loyal,  and  I 
take  pleasure  in  telling  you  so ;  but  I  will  be  obliged  to  ask  you  to  make  me 
a  written  proposition.  I  said  to  General  Tiirr :  '  If  your  Society  is  in  a  posi- 
tion to  prosecute  the  work,  I  do  not  seek  to  interfere,  and  I  retire ;  but  in 
the  contrary  case,  as  I  shall  have  all  the  responsibility,  I  do  not  desire 
partners  in  what  concerns  the  subscriptions,  nor  engagements  with  any 
one.' "... 

':  Two  days  after,  in  answer  to  our  proposition,  M.  de  Lesseps  sent  us  an 
opinion,  drawn  up  by  his  counsel,  of  which  the  following  is  an  abstract : 

"  I.  By  the  terms  of  this  document,  M.  de  Lesseps  not  only  enters  into 
this  negotiation  with  his  name  and  moral  influence,  but  with  a  positive  deter- 
mined right  of  intervention. 

"  The  act  of  incorporation  of  the  conceding  Society  declares  that  the  presi- 
dency shall  be  offered  to  him ;  therefore  he  might  have  identified  himself 
with  our  Civil  Society,  in  which  he,  as  president,  would  have  had  the  casting 
vote,  in  case  of  division. 

"His  official  influence  has  been,  nevertheless,  important.  Messrs.  Wyse 
and  Keclus  undertook  the  exploration  by  his  advice,  and  the  confidence  of 
capitalists  was  stimulated  by  the  certainty  that  he  would  put  himself  at  the 
head  of  the  enterprise  when  the  moment  of  execution  should  arrive.  M.  de 
Lesseps  summoned  the  Congress  and  brought  together  the  former  engineers 
of  Suez,  by  whom  the  technical  and  statistical  problems  were  solved.  The 
estimate  of  probable  revenues,  on  which  will  be  based  the  appeal  to  capital, 
is  the  work  of  the  Congress  presided  over  by  M.  de  Lesseps,  and  the  pro- 
gramme for  the  execution  of  the  work  will  result  from  the  labors  of  the  Con- 
gress as  much  as,  if  not  more  than,  from  the  investigations  of  the  Civil  Society. 
Finally,  the  vote  of  the  Congress  has  conferred  on  M.  de  Lesseps  a  new  right, 
inasmuch  as  a  part  of  the  votes  were  influenced  by  the  confidence  with  which 
he  inspired  the  electors. 

"  Supposing  that  the  Society  should  sell  its  right,  could  it  do  so  without 
remunerating  M.  de  Lesseps  and  his  colleagues  ?  If  M.  de  Lesseps  claims  no- 
thing, his  refusal  to  claim  can  not  benefit  the  Civil  Society,  and  its  share- 
holders should  reckon  with  M.  de  Lesseps. 

"II.  What  is  the  real  value  of  the  concession?  Ten  per  cent,  of  the 
capital  is  reserved  to  the  Civil  Society.  This  capital,  taken  at  the  moment  of 
opening  the  negotiations  for  concession,  was  valued  at  four  hundred  million 
francs,  which  would  give  forty  millions  to  the  Society.  At  present  the  capi- 
tal should  reach  eight  hundred  millions,  which  would  make  the  society's 
share  eighty  millions.  But  this  increase  of  expense  would  diminish  and  not 
increase  the  advantages  reserved  to  the  founders  of  the  Society,  which  in  any 
case  can  not  be  greater  than  forty  million  francs. 

"  The  Civil  Society,  not  having  fulfilled  the  obligations  which  the  conces- 
sion imposes  in  compensation  for  the  advantages  ceded  (since  it  still  remains 
to  organize  the  company  of  execution),  has  only  accomplished  the  first  part 
of  its  work — important,  no  doubt,  but  only  partial. 

"  The  ten  per  cent.,  say  forty  millions,  would  be  conceded  without  con- 


I 


146  THE  NORTE  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

test  if  the  canal  were  already  open  for  navigation ;  but  the  Society's  right  in 
this  claim  is  only  proportionate  to  the  expenses  which  it  has  incurred. 

"  If  M.  de  Lesseps  should  express  his  private  opinion,  he  would  say  that 
the  cost  of  the  enterprise  having  been  estimated  at  first  at  four  hundred  mil- 
lion francs  and  the  share  of  the  Society  at  forty  millions,  but  the  canal  cost- 
ing ultimately  eight  hundred  millions,  and  the  profits  of  shareholders  dimin- 
ishing one  half,  the  share  of  the  privileged  beneficiaries  should  be  diminished 
in  the  same  ratio,  that  is,  reduced  to  twenty  millions ;  and,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  original  founders  of  the  Society  being  exonerated,  by  their  conces- 
sion to  the  company  of  execution,  from  a  part  of  the  charges  equal  in  im- 
portance to  those  already  incurred  by  them,  ten  millions  should  be  given  to 
the  original  members  and  the  other  ten  millions  reserved  to  the  new  mem- 
bers, who  will  have  to  bear  the  heavy  expenses  to  be  incurred  up  to  the  com- 
pletion of  the  maritime  canal. 

"  III.  "Whether  the  figure  ultimately  accepted  by  M.  de  Lesseps  be  ten  or 
fifteen  millions,  the  '  opinion  '  proposes  to  reserve,  at  the  time  of  subscrip- 
tion, ten  or  fifteen  millions  of  stock  which  shall  be  allotted  to  the  founders 
and  members  of  the  Civil  Society.  This  stock  shall  be  credited  with  dis- 
bursements already  made  by  the  stockholders,  in  proportion  to  such  disburse- 
ments, and  the  shares  shall  be  delivered  to  the  beneficiaries  on  the  day  on 
which  they  are  taken  up.  This  deposit  will  be  a  partial  but  effective  repre- 
sentation of  the  guarantee  offered  by  the  Civil  Society  to  the  new  company." 


\ 


NOW  AND  THEN  IN  AMERICA. 


Glancing  lately  over  a  column  of  humorous  items  in  a  New 
York  journal,  I  was  struck  by  the  pithy  remark  that  an  Englishman 
visiting  the  United  States  for  the  first  time  "  writes  up  "  the  whole 
country  in  ten  minutes  ;  whereas  a  Frenchman  compiles  a  volu- 
minous account  of  American  institutions  and  manners  without  ever 
having  visited  America  at  all.  The  statement  may  be  somewhat 
paradoxical ;  but,  as  often  happens  with  paradoxes,  it  contains  a 
certain  substratum  of  truth.  English  travelers  on  this  vast  con- 
tinent are  generally  in  as  desperate  a  hurry  to  record  in  print  their 
impressions  of  what  they  have  seen  as  they  have  been  to  gather 
such  impressions  ;  and  the  result  of  this  over-haste  in  seeing  and 
writing  is,  naturally,  confusion.  In  a  neighboring  republic  they 
have  a  story  about  the  agent  of  an  English  insurance  company  who, 
once  upon  a  time,  was  sent  out  to  Mexico  to  investigate  the  causes 
of  a  fire,  compensation  for  which  was  claimed  by  the  insured  parties. 
He  landed  at  Yera  Cruz — in  which  city  the  fire  had  occurred — on 
Christmas  eve,  say  in  the  year  1870.  With  due  diligence  he  made 
his  inquiries  ;  and,  these  being  ended,  he  was  able  to  avail  himself 
of  a  homeward-bound  steamer,  which  left  Yera  Cruz  for  Havana 
on  the  2d  of  January,  1871.  Six  weeks  after  his  return  to  England 
he  published  a  brace  of  very  handsome  octavo  volumes,  with  the 
comprehensive  title,  "  Mexico  in  1870-'71."  This  may  be  taken,  per- 
haps, as  a  fair  sample  of  the  practice  of  "  writing  up  "  a  country  in 
ten  minutes.  I  do  not  say  that  such  a  "  lightning-express  "  system 
is  adopted  by  all  English  tourists  in  the  United  States.  Observant 
travelers,  thoughtful  travelers,  patient  travelers,  conscientious  trav- 
elers, have  come  hither  time  and  again  from  the  shores  of  Great 
Britain.  It  is  very  probable,  for  instance,  that  Mr.  Thackeray 
could  have  said,  had  he  so  chosen,  a  great  deal  that  would  have 
been  cogent  and  pertinent  concerning  the  great  country  in  which 


) 


148  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

he  had  been  so  splendidly  received,  and  the  society  in  the  most  en- 
lightened circles  of  which  he  was  so  cordially  welcomed  :  only,  Mr. 
Thackeray  never  chose  to  say  anything  whatever  on  the  subject ; 
and  his  silence  was  judiciously  accepted  as  golden.  Had  the  dream 
of  his  life  been  realized,  and  had  he  obtained  a  diplomatic  appoint- 
ment at  Washington,  the  world  might  have  been  favored  in  time 
with  a  conspectus  of  American  society  from  the  pen  of  William 
Makepeace  Thackeray  as  exhaustive  and  as  impartial  as  the  con- 
spectus of  American  politics  produced  more  than  forty  years  since 
by  Alexis  de  Tocqueville.  As  it  is,  few,  I  should  say,  will  accuse 
Mr.  Froude,  or  Mr.  Anthony  Trollope,  or  Mr.  Goldwin  Smith,  or 
the  late  Mr.  Maguire — although  the  last-named  publicist  only  dealt 
with  the  condition  of  the  Irish  in  America — with  having  "  written 
up  "  the  United  States  in  ten  minutes.  On  the  other  hand,  I  should 
be  stupidly  indifferent  to  or  ignorant  of  the  current  literature  of 
my  own  country  were  I  not  able  to  recall  scores  of  books  pub- 
lished in  England  during  the  last  twenty  years  and  written  more 
or  less  on  the  "ten-minutes"  principle.  A  young  English  peer 
or  guardsman  arrives  here  with  an  indistinct  notion  that  it  will 
be  "  awfully  jolly  "  to  see  some  buffalo  and  grizzly-bear  shooting 
somewhere  out  West.  Out  West  he  goes,  scampering  thither  and 
scampering  back  ;  and  directly  he  is  safe  again  in  Pall  Mall  he,  or 
his  wife — if  Nimrod  has  been  fortunate  enough  to  find  a  spouse  who 
is  a  mighty  huntress  before  the  Lord,  and  does  not  shrink  from 
accompanying  him  on  his  expedition — courts  public  favor  with  a 
bulky  tome,  beauteously  printed  and  picturesquely  illustrated,  with 
some  such  attractive  title,  it  may  be,  as  "  Bisons  and  Bonanzas,"  or 
"  Grizzly  Bears  and  Greenbacks,"  or  "  Terrapin  and  the  Tariff." 
Alliteration's  artful  aid  is  invaluable  in  choosing  a  title  for  a  book 
of  travels.  Again,  a  gentleman  who  thinks  that  he  is  a  genius, 
and  whose  friends  in  England  have  been  telling  him  for  years 
that  he  has  only  to  set  foot  in  New  York  to  be  at  once  and 
unanimously  acclaimed  as  the  greatest  of  living  geniuses,  arrives 
here  per  Cunard  or  White  Star  steamship  with  his  library  or  his 
scientific  lecture,  his  "entertainment,"  his  panorama,  his  white 
mice,  or  what  not,  prepared  to  have  his  olfactory  organs  titil- 
lated with  any  amount  of  incense,  and  to  make  fifty  thousand 
dollars  by  a  few  months'  lecturing  or  "  entertaining  "  tour.  Speed- 
ily he  may  discover,  to  his  astonishment  and  dismay,  that  the  Ameri- 
can people  have  heard  little,  and  that  they  care  less,  about  him  ; 
and  that  at  the  moment  they  are  far  too  much  occupied  by  or  in- 


\ 


NOW  AND   THEN  IN  AMERICA.  149 

terested  in  Mr.  Edison's  discoveries,  or  the  recent  sale  of  New  York 
Central  stock,  or  Mr.  Talmage  and  his  presbytery,  or  the  Maine  elec- 
tion problem,  or  the  "  Frog  Opera  and  Pollywog  Chorus,"  to  care 
one  dime  about  him  or  his  lecture,  his  "  entertainment,"  his  panora- 
ma, or  his  white  mice.  The  man  of  genius  goes  home,  minus  the  fifty 
thousand  dollars  which  he  had  expected  to  realize,  and  in  dudgeon. 
Ere  long  an  opusculum  appears  from  his  pen  :  "  Bowery  Boys  and 
Buckwheat  Cakes  "  ;  "  Wall  Street  and  Waffles "  ;  "  Democracy 
and  Delmonico's,"  or  the  like  ;  and  not  unf requently  his  "  ten  min- 
utes' "  impressions  of  a  country  which  contains  more  than  forty-five 
millions  of  people,  and  of  which  his  path  has  covered  only  a  very 
few  square  miles,  are  colored  and  disagreeably  colored  by  the  feelings 
of  disappointment  not  unnaturally  excited  within  his  breast  by  the 
failure  of  the  American  people  to  appreciate  him,  his  genius,  his 
lectures,  his  panorama,  or  his  white  mice,  as  the  case  may  be.  After 
all,  he  may  not  be,  when  you  come  to  read  between  the  lines  of  that 
which  he  has  written,  a  much  more  untrustworthy  traveler  than  he 
who  comes  to  the  State  with  a  ponderous  budget  of  letters  of  intro- 
duction to  the  "  first  families,"  who  is  "  put  through  "  and  passed 
on  from  agreeable  coterie  to  agreeable  coterie,  be  these  fashionable, 
literary,  artistic,  or  especially  religious  coteries  ;  who  lives  at  the 
best  clubs  and  the  best  restaurants  ;  who  goes  out  to  three  or  four 
balls  or  receptions,  or  tea-fights,  or  prayer-meetings  every  night ; 
who  is  charmed  with  everything  and  everybody  that  he  has  met 
with,  and  who  goes  home  to  write  a  book  in  raptures  :  picturing 
America  as  a  terrestrial  paradise,  and  the  Americans  as  only  a  lit- 
tle lower — if,  indeed,  they  are  not  a  little  higher — than  the  angels. 
There  is  not  much  to  choose,  it  strikes  me,  between  the  unreliability 
of  too  rosily- colored  spectacles  and  of  eye-glasses  tinted  to  the  hue 
of  the  yellow,  jaundice.  But  perhaps  the  most  objectionable  type 
of  the  Englishman  who  "  writes  up  "  the  United  States  in  ten  min- 
utes is  the  individual  who  arrives  here  as  the  temporary  correspon- 
dent of  a  London  newspaper.  Our  journals  maintain  permanent 
correspondents,  sometimes  regular  and  sometimes  occasional,  in  the 
great  transatlantic  cities — writers  who  have  been  in  the  country  for 
years,  who  have  made  a  careful  study  of  American  politics,  and 
who  may  claim  to  possess  some  substantial  knowledge  of  the  good 
and  evil  qualities,  the  manners  and  the  idiosyncrasies  of  the  nation 
among  whom  they  have  been  for  such  a  length  of  time  domiciled. 
But  in  the  midst  of  these  experts  there  suddenly  drops  down  a  gen- 
tleman from  Fleet  Street  or  the  Strand,  bristling  all  over  with  pre- 
vol.  cxxx. — uro.  279.  11 


150  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

judices,  pachydermatous  as  to  what  is  said  about  him,  and  utterly- 
indifferent  to  the  pain  which  the  shafts  of  his  ridicule  or  his  misrep- 
resentations may  inflict  on  the  American  epidermis,  and  bound  to 
fill  so  many  columns  of  his  newspaper  at  home,  during  his  short 
stay  in  America,  with  his  "  impressions  "  touching  a  country  and  a 
people  concerning  which  and  whom  he  knows  considerably  less  than 
he  does  of  the  political  opinions  and  domestic  economy  of  the  sav- 
age hill  tribes  with  whom  we  are  fighting  in  Afghanistan.  He  may 
have  just  come  from  Afghanistan,  whither  he  had  been  sent,  from 
Zululand  or  from  St.  Petersburg  or  from  Constantinople.  He  does 
more  harm,  probably,  during  his  "  ten  minutes  "  than  is  done  by  the 
mere  simpleton  and  the  disappointed  genius  with  the  lecture,  the 
panorama,  or  the  white  mice.  The  simpleton  and  the  showman 
wait  until  they  get  home  before  they  inflict  their  books  on  the 
public  ;  they  have  some  time  for  reflection,  should  they  happen  to 
be  capable  of  reflecting ;  and  they  can  correct  the  proofs  of  what 
they  have  written  ere  their  lucubrations  assume  the  unchangeable 
livery  of  stereotype.  The  newspaper  correspondent  sees  no  proofs, 
and  has  rarely  even  the  patience  to  read  over  the  manuscript  which 
falls  from  his  rapid  pen.  His  watch  may  be  lying  before  him  on 
the  desk  at  which  he  is  writing,  for  he  is  bound  to  "  catch  "  the 
mail  which  goes  out  on  the  following  morning.  Visitors  call  to 
weary  and  exasperate  him  with  futile  small-talk.  So  soon  as  he  is 
free  from  their  importunities,  he  must  resume  his  pen  ;  so  many 
sides  of  "  copy  "  must  be  scribbled  over,  come  what  may  ;  and  a  few 
hours  afterward  he  casts  his  budget  of  blunders  on  the  waters  of 
the  Atlantic  Ocean,  for  the  printing-press  and  the  world  to  find  the 
farrago  after  eleven  days.  I  am  able  to  speak  somewhat  feelingly 
of  the  mistakes  of  which  such  a  correspondent  may  be  guilty,  and 
somewhat  remorsefully  of  the  mischief  which  he  may  do  if  the 
newspaper  with  which  he  corresponds  happens  to  be  one  of  vast 
circulation  and  great  influence,  because  I  have  been,  myself,  the 
special  correspondent  of  a  great  London  newspaper  for  more  than 
twenty-two  years,  and  have  frequently  experienced  the  difficulty  of 
having  to  make  bricks  without  straw. 

I  arrived  in  the  harbor  of  New  York  on  Wednesday,  the  26th  of 
November,  1879  ;  and  ere  I  had  been  in  the  city  thirty-six  hours  I 
had  pledged  myself  to  write  a  paper  on  things  transatlantic  for  the 
"  North  American  Review."  Terminating  this  article  now,  on  the 
morrow  of  Christmas,  I  am  acutely  sensible  of  the  fact  that  I  have  been 
in  the  United  States  of  America  just  one  month.    During  the  greater 


t 


NOW  AND  THEN  IN  AMERICA,  151 

portion  of  that  time  I  have  resided  in  New  York  City  ;  but  I  have 
likewise  made  brief  excursions  to  Baltimore,  to  Philadelphia,  and  to 
Washington.  In  the  face  of  this  deliberately  candid  confession  it  may 
appear  to  a  youthful  reader  of  these  pages — or  a  reader  who  knows 
nothing  of  me  as  an  English  journalist,  and  may  never  even  have 
heard  my  name  pronounced  in  his  life  before — that  it  is  an  act  of 
the  grossest  impertinence  on  my  part  to  say  anything  about  a  coun- 
try in  which  I  am,  figuratively  speaking,  a  mere  babe  and  suckling. 
Most  of  us  have  heard  the  story  of  the  skipper  who  made  this  entry 
in  his  log  :  "Passed  Cape  Donahoo,  twelve  miles  S.  S.  E.  ;  natives 
kind  and  hospitable."  When  taxed  by  his  owner  with  the  imagi- 
native character  of  this  entry,  he  very  fairly  pleaded  that  certain 
natives  of  Cape  Donahoo  had  put  off  in  a  canoe  and  boarded  his 
craft ;  that  they  had  brought  him  gifts  of  pigs  and  plantains  ;  and 
that,  as  they  had  not  stolen  anything  nor  fish-speared  anybody,  he 
was  entitled  to  laud  their  kindness  and  their  hospitality.  My  plea 
in  extenuation  must  be  analogous  to  that  advanced  by  the  skipper 
in  the  story.  Of  America  in  1879-80  I  necessarily  know  not  much 
more  than  the  master-mariner  knew  of  Cape  Donahoo  ;  but  from  a 
remote  offing  there  has  put  forth  a  canoe  teeming  with  certain  mem- 
ories of  the  past — memories  of  the  America  which  I  had  excellent 
opportunities  to  study  during  thirteen  months  from  November,  1863, 
to  December,  1864.  I  have  been  here  before,  and  that  is  why  I  am 
so  venturesome  as  to  head  this  paper  with  the  title  "  Now  and  Then 
in  America." 

I  arrived  in  this  country  when  it  was  in  the  midst  of  a  bloody 
war,  all  the  more  terrible  and  the  more  embittered  because  it  was 
a  war  between  brethren.  Exasperation  characterized  the  combat- 
ants on  either  side  ;  but  in  one  particular  they  were  agreed — 
in  that  of  distrusting  the  Englishman.  At  home  our  own 
Lancashire  operatives  were  starving  in  consequence  of  the  cotton 
famine  ;  our  own  councils  were  divided ;  Northern  and  Southern 
sympathizers  quarreled  at  dinner-tables,  or  reviled  each  other  in 
print  or  at  public  meetings  ;  Earl  Russell,  one  of  the  truest  and 
usefulest  Liberals  that  ever  lived,  had  publicly  declared  that  the 
North  were  fighting  "  not  for  Union  but  for  empire  "  ;  and  while 
the  great  mass  of  the  intelligent  working  classes  in  England  un- 
deniably believed  in  the  justice  of  the  Northern  cause — a  cause  de-, 
fended  with  all  the  sturdiness  and  all  the  eloquence  of  John  Bright 
— it  was  as  undeniably  accepted  as  "  the  proper  thing "  in  polite 
English  society  to  manifest  either  active  or  sentimental  sympathy 


152  THE  FORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

for  the  Confederates.  "  Maryland  !  my  Maryland,"  was  a  far  more 
popular  ditty  in  upper-class  English  drawing-rooms  than  "  John 
Brown  "  ;  and  the  more  emotional  sections  of  the  lower  grades  in 
the  community  agreed  for  once  in  a  while  with  their  superiors  in 
station.  A  precisely  similar  phenomenon  has  been  visible  in  Eng- 
lish politics  within  the  last  three  years.  "  Jingoism  " — that  is  to  say, 
a  bellicose  hatred  of  Russia — has  been  the  creed  of  the  aristocracy, 
of  the  military  class,  and  of  the  state  Church  ;  and  has  found  dis- 
ciples as  fervent  among  emotional  mobs  and  half -instructed  readers 
ox  the  outpourings  of  emotional  newspapers  ;  while  anti-Jingoism 
— that  is,  a  sincere  love  of  peace,  and  a  persistent  refusal  to  believe 
that  the  Emperor  Alexander  of  Russia  is  an  ogre,  a  vampire,  and 
the  giant  Fee-faw-fum,  continually  smelling  the  blood  of  an  Eng- 
lishman— has  been  the  faith  of  the  English  Puritans,  as  represented 
by  Mr.  Bright,  of  the  majority  of  the  non-conforming  religious 
communities,  represented  by  Dr.  Parker  and  Mr.  Spurgeon,  and  of 
really  Liberal  peers  and  members  of  Parliament,  represented  by  the 
Dukes  of  Argyll  and  Westminster,  the  Earl  of  Rosebery,  Sir  Charles 
Dilke,  Sir  William  Harcourt,  and  Mr.  Forster,  and  such  truly  gen- 
uine Liberal  journals  as  the  "  Daily  News  "  and  the  "  Spectator," 
who  have  not  hesitated  to  denounce  Jingoism  and  "  Imperialism," 
and  the  cutting-your-neighbor's-throat  policy,  at  the  risk  of  being 
denounced  as  "  Anglo-Russians,"  "  British  Afghans,"  "  St.  James's 
Hall  traitors,"  and  the  like,  because  they  have  failed  to  perceive 
the  expediency  of  keeping  a  nation,  whose  business  is  peace,  manu- 
factures, and  commerce,  in  a  perpetual  war  ferment,  or  the  necessity 
for  shooting  so  many  thousands  of  Russians,  or  hanging  so  many 
hundreds  of  Afghans,  in  order  to  keep  a  Tory  Government  in  Down- 
ing Street.  From  this  list  of  politicians  I  have  designedly  excluded 
the  revered  name  of  Mr.  Gladstone,  for  the  reason  that  I  have  been 
attempting  to  draw  a  parallel — and  the  drawing  of  a  political  par- 
allel is  always  a  perilous  thing — between  the  conflict  of  opinions 
which  divided  my  country  in  1863  and  that  which  distracts  it  in 
1879  ;  and  Mr.  Gladstone's  political  character  and  moods  of  mind 
do  not  lend  themselves  to  the  drawing  of  any  parallels  whatsoever. 
Geometricians  know  how  many  kinds  of  lines  there  are  ;  and  Wil- 
liam Ewart  Gladstone  may  be  politically  qualified  as  neither  straight 
nor  curved.     He  is  a  mixed  line. 

I  have  said  enough,  perhaps,  to  show  that  the  position  of  an 
Englishman  who  came  to  the  United  States  seventeen  or  eighteen 
years  ago  was,  if  he  had  any  sort  of  "  mission,"  or  if  he  acted  in  any- 


I 


NOW  AND  THEN  IN  AMERICA.  153 

thing  approaching  a  public  capacity,  an  extremely  invidious  one.  I 
remember  forty  years  ago,  when  I  first  went  to  school  in  Paris,  that 
I  was  constantly  and  contumeliously  reproached  by  my  French 
schoolmates  with  the  crimes  committed  by  my  country  against 
France  in  the  year  1815.  I  used  to  be  held  personally  responsible, 
to  the  extent  of  being  called  opprobrious  names,  and  of  having  my 
hair  pulled,  my  toes  trodden  upon,  and  my  peg-top  confiscated,  for 
the  occupation  of  Paris  by  the  allied  armies,  the  non-arrival  of 
Grouchy  instead  of  Blucher  on  the  field  of  Waterloo,  the  spoliation 
of  the  art-treasures  of  the  Louvre,  and  the  deportation  of  Napo- 
leon to  St.  Helena.  I  was  warned  that  a  signal  and  sanguinary 
reparation  for  these  outrages  would  sooner  or  later  be  exacted  by 
indignant  Gaul.  Thus  in  1863-'64  an  Englishman  newly  landed  on 
this  continent,  although  he  might  be  courteously  and  hospitably 
received  in  American  society — I  remember  very  well  that  I  was  so 
received — was  continually  being  reminded  of  his  country's  sins  of 
omission  and  commission  against  the  Federal  Government  and 
people,  and  of  the  imminence  of  a  retributory  Nemesis.  The  ren- 
dition of  Mason  and  Slidell,  the  buccaneering  exploits  of  the  Ala- 
bama, the  blockade-running  transactions  by  which  Liverpool  was 
enriching  herself,  the  alleged  subscriptions  of  British  capitalists  to 
Confederate  loans — all  these  were  things  which  were  assumed  to  lie 
heavy  on  the  Englishman's  conscience  ;  all  these  were  taken  to  be 
acts  of  national  malfeasance  on  our  part,  for  which  we  should  even- 
tually have  to  make  reparation.  And  reparation  we  did  eventually 
make  ;  but  that  fact  did  not  make  the  Englishman's  position  one 
whit  less  uneasy  while  the  strife  continued.  It  might  be  urged  that 
the  most  sensible  attitude  to  be  observed  by  a  foreigner  under  such 
circumstances  was  one  of  entire  neutrality.  It  was  more  than  dif- 
ficult— it  was  next  door  to  impossible — to  be  neutral.  When  Wil- 
liam Cobbett,  a  thorough-going  radical,  was  here  in  the  last  years 
of  the  last  century,  the  impossibility  of  preserving  neutrality  between 
contending  parties,  and  the  irritation  which  he  felt  at  finding  his 
own  country  continually  attacked,  goaded  him  at  last  into  profes- 
sing principles  of  the  highest  Toryism,  and  filling  his  shop-window 
with  portraits  of  George  III.,  his  family,  and  his  ministers  whom, 
nearly  so  soon  as  he  had  got  back  to  England,  and  had  resumed  his 
thorough-going  radical  frame  of  mind  again,  he  proceeded  and 
continued,  during  the  next  thirty  years,  with  unceasing  vehemence 
to  denounce.  The  neutrality  difficulty  was  sufficient  in  1863-'64  to 
convert  many  a  genuine  English  Liberal  temporarily  resident  on 


154  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

American  soil  into  a  Peter  Porcupine.  Those  English  Liberals  who 
staid  at  home  were  in  much  better  case.  They  could  judge  the 
vexed  question  from  afar  off,  impartially  and  philosophically. 

Those  who  can  remember  from  month  to  month,  and  from  day 
to  day  almost,  the  social  episodes  of  the  most  terrific  political  strug- 
gle of  the  nineteenth  century,  may  not  contradict  me  when  I  say 
that  the  baleful  effects  of  that  struggle  were  scarcely  perceptible  on 
the  surface  of  society  in  New  York,  Boston,  and  Philadelphia.  In 
Washington  you  were  constrained  to  remember  that  a  war  was  going 
on,  and  that  it  was  raging  close  to  the  gates  of  the  Federal  capital ; 
for  you  could  scarcely  leave  Alexandria  ere  you  found  yourselves  in 
the  midst  of  war  ;  and  you  could  not  travel  half  a  dozen  miles  with- 
out hearing  rumors — not  dark  and  distant,  but  near  and  articulate 
— of  guerrillas  and  "  bushwhackers."  Washington  and  Baltimore 
again  swarmed  with  the  Federal  troops,  and  the  hospitals  were 
crowded  with  wounded  men.  The  trades  of  the  embalmer  and  the 
maker  of  artificial  limbs  and  eyes  were  flourishing  ;  and  the  shop- 
windows  were  full  of  the  ghastliest  imaginable  photographs  of 
scenes  of  carnage  and  rapine.  But  coming  North  and  East,  and  es- 
pecially to  New  York,  little  beyond  the  holiday-making,  the  fifing 
and  drumming,  and  banner- waving  aspects  of  war  were  visible.  The 
sanitary  fairs  held  in  aid  of  the  beneficent  work  carried  on  among 
the  Federal  troops  by  the  Sanitary  Commission  were  festivals  as 
brilliant,  and  were  attended  by  as  sparkling  an  array  of  feminine 
loveliness  and  elegance,  as  any  that  I  witnessed  lately  at  the  peace- 
ful fair  of  the  Seventh  Regiment  at  their  armory  in  Lexington 
Avenue.  Every  day,  almost,  you  heard  the  sounds  of  martial  music, 
or  saw  the  march-past  of  some  regiment  of  dark-blue -coated  volun- 
teers, chanting,  it  might  be,  in  unison,  Mrs.  Julia  Ward  Howe's 
magnificent  "  Grido  di  Guerra  " — I  quote  from  memory  : 

"  For  mine  eyes  have  seen  the  glory  of  the  coming  of  the  Lord ; 
He  is  trampling  out  the  vintage  where  his  grapes  of  wrath  are  stored ; 
I  have  seen  the  fitful  lightnings  of  his  terrible  swift  sword — 

For  God  is  marching  on  !  " 

This  looked  like  war — bloody,  bold,  and  resolute — in  1863  :  but 
in  the  middle  of  last  month  I  was  in  Philadelphia  ;  and  I  watched 
the  eight  miles  and  eight  hours  long  parade  in  honor  of  General  U. 
S.  Grant.  I  saw  battalions  of  the  old  dark-blue-gabardined  veterans 
of  the  Grand  Army  of  the  Republic,  and  the  old  battle-tattered 


t 


NOW  AND  THEN  IN  AMERICA.  155 

regimental  flags  ;  and,  to  my  mind,  the  parade  of  Peace  was  quite 
as  glittering  and  imposing  as  the  parade  of  War  had  been  seven- 
teen years  ago  ;  and  (again  to  my  mind)  it  was  a  great  deal  more 
satisfactory  than  the  war  parade  of  1863,  because  I  knew  that 
nobody  was  going  to  be  killed ;  and  I  have  in  my  time  seen  too 
much  of  war,  face  to  face — not  as  a  soldier,  who  can  earn  laurels, 
and  guerdon,  and  pensions  on  the  tented  field,  but  as  a  humble 
camp-follower  and  scribe  about  whom  nobody  is  troubled,  should  he 
happen  to  get  hanged  or  shot,  or  to  die  of  fever  or  dysentery — not 
in  my  inmost  heart  and  soul  to  hate  and  loathe  war,  its  dirt  and 
disease,  and  squalor  and  depravity  ;  its  unutterable  fertility  in  an- 
guish, its  immeasurable  wealth  of  wickedness.  Yet  "  carnage  is 
God's  daughter."  The  poet  has  told  us  so ;  the  experience  of  his- 
tory has  confirmed  his  dictum ;  and  the  poet,  although  often  and 
unjustly  calumniated  as  "  an  unpractical  person,"  is,  in  the  long  run, 
generally  right. 

When  I  recur  to  my  text  of  "  Now  and  Then  "  in  America,  and 
especially  when  I  mark  the  wonderful  increase  in  the  area  and  the 
population  of  the  city  of  New  York  which  has  taken  place  since 
my  first  visit  ;  when  I  reflect  that  in  my  time  Washington  Square 
was  a  considerable  way  "  up  town,"  that  Fourteenth  Street  was  as 
fashionable  as  our  Eaton  Place,  Belgravia,  and  that  a  few  blocks 
above  the  Fifth  Avenue  Hotel  the  ultima  Thule  of  patrician  New 
York  was  almost  reached,  my  astonishment  is  considerably  lessened 
by  the  remembrance  that  a  corresponding  augmentation  and  devel- 
opment have  taken  place  in  London  and  in  Paris  ;  and  that  we  led 
tolerably  comfortable  and  luxurious  lives  in  the  London  of  1863, 
when  we  had  no  Holborn  Yiaduct,  no  Midland  Grand  Hotel,  no 
underground  railway,  no  Northumberland  Avenue,  no  Criterion 
Restaurant,  and  very  little  South  Kensington  or  West  Tyburnia, 
and  when  in  Paris  we  had  no  new  Academy  of  Music,  no  Avenue 
de  F Opera,  no  Rue  du  Quatre  Septembre,  no  electric  light,  and 
especially  no  Atlantic  cable  in  either  country.  There  is  more  New 
York  and  there  are  more  New-Yorkers  now  than  there  were  then  ; 
just  as  there  are  more  gray  hairs  in  my  head  and  wrinkles  on  my 
face  ;  but  I  had  plucked  out  the  first  gray  hair  and  noticed  the 
first  apparition  of  crow's-feet  before  I  came  hither,  and,  to  my  think- 
ing, society,  or  so  much  of  it  as  existed,  enjoyed  itself  quite  as  much 
then  as  it  does  now.  The  late  Mr.  A.  T.  Stewart's  marble  palace 
and  his  superb  picture-gallery  were  yet  to  come  ;  still,  there  were 
private  gentlemen  and  merchant  princes  in  New  York  who  pos- 


i 


156    .  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

sessed  palatial  mansions  and  splendid  picture-galleries,  in  which 
you  could  feast  your  eyes  on  the  masterpieces  of  Gerome  and  Rosa 
Bonheur  and  Meissonier,  of  Church  and  Bierstadt,  of  Crawford 
and  Powers.  Seventeen  years  ago  a  dear  friend  of  mine  occupied 
a  suite  of  rooms  in  University  Building,  copious  in  pictures  and 
statuary,  and  old  china  and  bronzes.  I  see  no  difference  in  him — 
chiefly,  perhaps,  because  I  fail  to  discern  much  difference  between 
my  present  and  my  former  self,  abating  some  trifling  changes  con- 
nected with  the  use  of  spectacles,  and  disinclination  to  write  edito- 
rials after  dinner — and  I  see  no  difference  in  his  rooms,  save  that  he 
has  got  more  pictures,  more  statuary,  more  old  china,  more  bronzes, 
and  enamels,  and  tazze  of  jade  and  malachite.  So  in  particulars,  so 
in  generals.  I  behold  in  degree  the  same  New  York  ;  only  I  behold 
it  through  the  large  instead  of  the  small  end  of  an  opera-glass.  I 
read  of  sumptuous  entertainments,  in  the  decorations  for  which  so 
many  hundreds  of  dollars  have  been  spent  in  rare  flowers,  and  of  the 
feasting  attendant  on  which  so  many  more  dollars  have  been  paid 
to  a  caterer  d  la  mode ;  while  the  remuneration  of  the  Teutonic 
instrumentalists  discoursing  the  dance-music  has  been  on  a  corre- 
sponding scale  of  magnificence.  I  read  of  cohorts  of  faultlessly 
dressed  young  gentlemen,  and  of  bright  bands  of  beauteous  young 
ladies,  the  latter  clad  in  dresses  of  rainbow  hues  and  with  incon- 
ceivably gorgeous  trimmings,  all  made  either  by  the  world-famous 
Worth  or  by  those  Franco- American  modistes,  the  Madame  Any- 
bodies, who  have  descended  upon  New  York  as  "  the  great  bird, 
the  ruche,"  described  by  Burton,  descended  on  the  plains  of  Mada- 
gascar to  batten  on  the  fat  of  the  land,  and  who,  each  of  them — if 
they  collect  their  bills  with  regularity,  and  make  no  bad  debts — 
ought  to  realize  at  least  fifty  thousand  dollars  a  year.  I  am  told 
that  each  of  these  sublime  ball-dresses  costs  from  one  hundred  and 
fifty  to  two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars.  I  go  to  Tiffany's  and  am 
permitted  to  gaze  upon  the  dazzling  gems  which  are  to  be  worn 
in  conjunction  with  the  sublime  ball-dresses.  This  pearl  necklace, 
the  obliging  assistant  tells  me,  is  worth  six  thousand  pounds  ster- 
ling. This  diamond  bracelet  is  cheap  at  twenty-five  thousand  dol- 
lars. I  am  pleased  but  not  astounded,  not  overwhelmed,  by  the 
information — I  have  seen  so  many  diamonds,  so  many  ball-dresses, 
so  many  grand  entertainments,  the  whole  world  over,  so  many  years 
past.  Only  there  are  more  pomps  and  vanities,  and  more  diamonds 
and  flowers,  and  suppers  and  cotillons  in  the  New  York  of  1879-'80 
than  there  were  in  the  New  York  of  1 863-' 64.     The  sailor  in  the 


I 


NOW  AND   THEN  IN  AMERICA.  157 

story  longed  for  all  the  grog  and  'baccy  in  the  world,  and  then — 
more  'baccy.  And  then  he  woke  up  from  his  longing,  like  Al- 
naschar  from  his  dreams,  to  find  that  he  had  nothing  at  all.  Per- 
sons of  a  timid,  or  a  desponding,  or  a  cynical  turn  of  mind  are  apt 
to  infer  that  this  continuous  and  tremendous  accretion  of  luxury 
and  display,  be  it  in  London,  in  Paris,  or  in  New  York,  must  end  in 
explosion  or  in  collapse,  and  ultimately  in  cataclysm  ;  but  such  pes- 
simists might  do  well  to  remember  that  metropolitan  splendor  and 
luxury  are  only  phenomenal,  and  that  we  have  come  to  attach  a 
thoroughly  abnormal  and  erroneous  signification  to  the  English 
rendering  of  the  Greek  word  6aiv6fievov,  which  really  and  simply 
is  only  the  fyvoitcov — a  physical  thing,  plainly  manifest,  and  there- 
fore noteworthy. 

It  may  be  difficult  for  the  cosmopolitan  traveler,  when  he  surveys 
the  height  of  luxury  which  has  been  attained  by  affluent  and  refined 
New  York,  to  avoid  a  comparison  between  the  Empire  City  of  the 
United  States  and  the  capital  of  the  Russian  Empire.  Between 
New  York  and  St.  Petersburg  there  are,  indeed,  many  remarkable 
points  of  similarity.  Both  cities  are  the  paradise  of  foreign  singers 
and  musicians,  cooks,  confectioners,  florists,  caterers,  and  dancing- 
masters.  The  cost  of  elegant  life  in  Petropolis  is  on  a  parity  with 
that  in  Manhattan.  In  both  cities  the  monetary  unity  represents  a 
larger  value  than  it  does  in  the  older  centers  of  civilization.  In 
England,  that  unity  is  substantially  not  the  pound  but  the  shilling 
sterling.  In  Paris  it  is  the  franc.  Thus  London  is,  on  the  whole, 
a  dearer  city  than  Paris  by  twenty-five  centimes  over  and  above  the 
franc.  We  send  a  pound  to  a  London  charity  or  pay  a  pound  a  day 
for  our  parlor  at  a  London  hotel.  To  the  same  purposes  in  Paris 
we  devote  twenty  francs.  It  might  be  argued  that  in  New  York 
the  same  theory  of  expenditure  would  be  represented  by  a  five-dol- 
lar piece  ;  but  the  American  monetary  unity  is  not  five  dollars,  but 
one  ;  and,  to  a  thousand  intents  and  purposes,  the  purchasing  power 
of  the  dollar  in  New  York  does  not  exceed  that  of  the  Parisian  franc 
or  the  London  shilling.  In  St.  Petersburg  the  unity  is  the  ruble, 
which  should  be  worth  seventy-five  cents,  but  which  maybe  assessed 
at  about  fifty.  I  never  make  bets,  but,  did  I  ever  hazard  any,  I 
would  confidently  wager  that  living  in  quiet  and  undemonstrative 
comfort  in  New  York,  indulging  in  no  excess,  either  in  the  direction 
of  stately  apartments,  rare  wines,  or  choice  cigars,  and  hiring  a  car- 
riage only  when  I  absolutely  needed  one,  I  should  spend  every  day 
nearly  twice  as  much  as  I  should  spend  in  London  or  Paris,  and  only 


158  THE  NORTE  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

about  one  third  more  than  I  should  spend  in  St.  Petersburg.  This 
question  of  the  relative  costliness  of  life  in  great  capitals  is  assured- 
ly a  very  important  one,  although  it  is  often  contemptuously  neg- 
lected as  unworthy  the  attention  of  serious  essayists  on  political 
economy.  But,  as  Mr.  Carlyle  pointed  out  long  ago,  mankind  is 
very  prone  to  dismiss  as  trivial  and  unimportant  subjects  which  are 
really  of  immediate  and  lasting  concern  to  us  all.  Take  the  passion 
of  sleep,  for  example.  Once  at  least  in  the  course  of  every  twenty- 
four  hours  on  an  average,  humanity  is  bound  to  "  assume  the  hori- 
zontal position  "  and  to  retain  that  position  for  many  hours,  quite 
unconscious  of  business,  pleasure,  peace,  or  war,  and  "its  head  full 
of  the  foolishest  of  thoughts."  General  and  continuous  insomnia 
for  a  fortnight  would  make  an  end  of  humanity  altogether  ;  yet  we 
trouble  ourselves  very  little  about  the  psychology  of  sleep  ;  and  the 
metaphysician  has  a  great  deal  more  to  say  about  the  soul,  of  which 
he  can  know  absolutely  nothing,  than  about  sleep,  and  especially 
about  dreams,  concerning  which  he  must  have  every  night  in  his  life 
practical  and  curious  experience.  So  is  it  in  a  measure  as  respects 
the  cost  of  our  eating  and  drinking;  and  I  know  no  more  intricate 
problem  than  that  of  the  excessive  expensiveness  of  New  York  as 
compared  with  that  of  other  great  cities.  We  know  why  food,  with 
the  single  exception  of  bread,  is  dear  in  London.  The  trade  in 
meat,  fish,  poultry  and  game,  fruit  and  vegetables  is  mainly  in  the 
hands  of  wealthy  and  powerful  monopolists ;  we  are  ill  supplied 
with  markets  ;  almost  every  article  of  food  which  we  consume 
passes  through  the  hands  of  and  yields  a  profit  to  three  or  four  mid- 
dlemen before  it  reaches  our  mouths.  Is  this  the  case  to  a  greater  or 
to  a  lesser  extent  in  New  York  ?  I  should  say,  under  correction,  that 
it  is  not  the  case  ;  that  is,  if  I  am  to  place  any  faith  in  the  published 
price-lists  of  the  markets  from  day  to  day.  Those  lists  tell  me 
that  meat,  fish,  poultry,  game,  fruit,  vegetables,  and  dairy  produce 
are  at  least  thirty  per  cent,  cheaper  in  New  York  than  in  London  ; 
yet  the  retail  prices  of  such  articles  which  the  guest  at  a  first-class 
hotel  or  restaurant  in  New  York  is  called  upon  to  pay  are  at  least 
forty  per  cent,  above  the  charges  which  would  be  made  for  similar 
articles  in  analogous  establishments  in  London.  At  our  most  fashion- 
able watering-places,  for  example,  Brighton  and  Scarborough,  first- 
class  board  can  be  obtained  at  from  eight  to  ten  shillings — two  to 
two  and  a  half  dollars — a  day  ;  but,  if  my  American  guide-books 
and  my  "  Dictionary  of  New  York "  are  trustworthy  authorities, 
two  dollars  and  a  half  here  represent  only  board  of  a  decidedly  sec- 


NOW  AND  TEEN  IN  AMERICA.  159 

ond-class  character.  Again,  while  I  can  readily  understand  that  so 
long  as  the  American  tariff — which  I  am  afraid  will  outlive  Mr. 
Thomas  Bay  ley  Potter,  M.  P.,  and  all  save  the  youngest  members 
of  the  Cobden  Club — remains  the  law  of  the  land,  imported  articles 
must  be  very  costly,  I  am  at  a  loss  to  comprehend  why  articles  of 
common  use  and  manifestly  of  American  manufacture  should  not 
be  cheap.  In  particular  am  I  amazed  at  the  inordinate  charges 
made  for  the  hire  of  hackney-carriages.  Your  horses  are  plentiful 
and  strong  ;  you  have  as  many  expert  drivers  as  you  want ;  you  are 
becoming  the  best  carriage-builders  in  the  world  ;  horse-feed  is 
twenty-five  per  cent,  cheaper  with  you  than  with  us  :  why,  in  the 
name  of  common  sense,  am  I  to  be  forced  to  pay  a  dollar — or  four 
shillings  and  twopence  sterling — for  riding  over  a  distance  of  one 
mile  ?  It  is  quite  true  that  I  may  continue  to  ride  in  the  same  cab 
for  an  entire  hour,  paying  no  more  than  one  dollar  ;  but,  suppose 
that  I  and  my  wife  are  invited  to  dinner  just  round  the  corner  or  a 
few  blocks'  distance  from  our  residence,  and  that  I  do  not  wish  to 
expose  a  lady  to  the  risk  of  catching  cold  by  tramping  over  this 
space  through  snow  or  mud,  why  should  I  pay  four  shillings  and 
twopence  for  that  which  in  England  I  should  pay  just  one  shilling 
or  twenty-five  cents  for  ?  You  may  reply  that  I  am  free  to  take 
the  street-cars  or  the  Broadway  stages,  or  that  I  may  avail  myself 
of  the  facilities  of  your  wonderful  elevated  railroads.  But  I  defer- 
entially reply  that  I  am  a  foreigner,  that  I  am  a  stranger  in  your 
city ;  that,  although  you  paint  the  names  of  your  streets  on  your 
corner-lamps — a  very  admirable  system,  so  far  as  the  night-time  is 
concerned,  and  one  which  we  might  advantageously  adopt  in  Lon- 
don— you  do  not  affix  the  names  of  your  streets  conspicuously  at 
the  corners  thereof ;  and,  finally,  I  respectfully  plead  that,  if  I  have 
a  visit  to  pay  in  a  certain  street  and  at  a  certain  house,  I  prefer  being 
driven  in  a  cab  straight  up  to  the  door  of  that  house  to  being  landed 
from  the  car  or  the  staircase  of  an  elevated  railway-station  right  in 
the  middle  of  the  snow  or  the  slush. 

I  can  not  dismiss  the  question  of  personal  expenditure  without 
noticing  one  or  two  more  points  which  may  be  worthy  of  remark 
and  explanation,  and  which  I  shall  put  interrogatively.  We  have 
usually  noticed  in  England  that  where  an  article  of  consumption — 
bread  always  excepted — reaches,  through  some  accidental  or  some 
inevitable  circumstance,  an  excessive  price,  the  tendency  of  the  arti- 
cle is  to  retain  that  excess  in  price  long  after  the  circumstances 
which  led  to  its  aggravation  in  value  have  been  aggravated.     Does 


160  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

such  a  rule — for  it  may  fairly  be  called  a  rule — obtain  here  ?  When 
I  came  to  America  in  November,  1863,  gold  was,  if  I  remember  aright, 
at  eighty  premium — that  is  to  say,  for  every  hundred  dollars  of  gold 
value  in  my  letter  of  credit  my  bankers  credited  me  with  one  hun- 
dred and  eighty  dollars  in  paper  currency.  I  think  that  ere  I  went 
away  the  premium  on  gold  reached  one  hundred  and  sixty — I- have 
even  heard  that  it  once  touched  one  hundred  and  eighty  ;  and,  as  the 
rate  of  gold  varied  from  day  to  day,  so  did  the  prices  of  articles  of 
consumption  fluctuate.  The  figures  of  restaurant  tariffs  were  subject 
to  continual  mutation  ;  and,  until  you  had  the  bill  of  fare  before  you, 
it  was  impossible  to  tell  how  much  you  would  have  to  pay  for  your 
beefsteak  or  your  mutton-cutlet.  So  was  it  with  other  commodi- 
ties. I  remember  paying  as  much  as  three  dollars  for  a  pair  of  best 
Dent's  (London)  kid  gloves,  but  that  price  to  me  did  not  mean 
twelve  shillings  and  sixpence  sterling.  Gold  being  say  at  one  hun- 
dred premium,  I  only  really  paid  six  shillings  and  threepence  for 
my  gloves — an  advance  of  about  thirty  per  cent,  over  what  I  should 
have  paid  in  Piccadilly,  London  ;  and  I  had  not  the  slightest  reason 
to  grumble  in  this  connection,  remembering,  as  I  was  bound  to  do, 
that  the  United  States  revenue  was  entitled  to  its  toll,  and  the  im- 
porter and  retailer  were  entitled  to  their  respective  profits.  But 
on  the  instant  (December,  1879),  if  I  go  to  a  fashionable  hosier  on 
Broadway,  New  York,  and  ask  him  for  a  pair  of  the  best  Dent's 
(London)  kid  gloves,  he  charges  me  two  dollars,  which,  at  the  pres- 
ent rate  of  exchange,  means  eight  shillings  and  fourpence  sterling, 
whereas  in  Piccadilly,  London,  I  can  still  buy  the  same  gloves  at 
the  old  price  of  four  shillings — that  is,  one  dollar.  My  contention 
is,  that  prices  in  America  have  not  retained  precisely  the  same  swol- 
len proportions  which  they  reached  when  the  inflation  of  the  cur- 
rency during  the  war  was  at  its  highest,  but  that  they  have  not 
decreased  in  anything  approaching  a  corresponding  ratio  with  the 
gradual  equalization  of  paper  currency  with  gold.  Things,  owing 
to  the  inevitable  circumstances  of  the  war,  became  dear,  and  dear 
they  have  remained — not  so  costly  as  they  once  were,  but  still  a 
great  deal  costlier  than,  according  to  the  doctrines  of  sound  politi- 
cal economy,  they  should  be.  It  may  be,  again,  paradoxical  to  as- 
sert that  the  prices  of  commodities  are  as  imitative  in  their  nature 
as  human  beings  are.  But  such  seems  to  be  the  case,  since  I  note  a 
marked  spirit  on  the  part  of  native  American  manufacturers  to  imi- 
tate, so  far  as  they  can,  the  high  prices  of  imported  goods. 

There  are  possibly  few  things  more  curiously  interesting  to  a 


I 


NOW  AND   TEEN  IN  AMERICA.  161 

stranger  in  America — when  that  stranger  has  been  in  the  country 
before — than  to  observe  the  strong  disinclination  which  is  felt  by 
the  people  at  large  to  make  use  in  the  daily  transactions  of  life  of  a 
metallic  currency.  Specie  payments,  we  all  know,  have  been  re- 
sumed ;  and  the  United  States  Treasury  has  accumulated  an  enor- 
mous reserve  in  gold  ;  but  the  public  still  cling  with  apparent  fond- 
ness to  their  old  greenbacks,  and  not  only  prefer  a  five-dollar  bill  to 
a  five-dollar  gold-piece,  but  (so  it  strikes  me)  would  much  rather 
have  a  one-dollar  note  than  a  dollar  in  silver.  I  grant  that  the  lat- 
ter is,  albeit  a  handsome,  somewhat  of  a  cumbrous  coin.  In  Eng- 
land we  contumeliously  call  our  five-shilling  pieces,  which  are  even 
more  cumbrous  specimens  of  mintage,  "  cartwheels,"  and  make 
haste  to  change  them,  whenever  we  have  involuntarily  taken  them, 
for  smaller  currency ;  but  when  did  you  ever  hear  a  Frenchman 
complain  of  having  a  pocketful  of  five-franc  pieces  ?  And  the  five- 
franc  piece  is  to  all  intents  and  purposes  your  dollar.  A  Frenchman 
has  a  modified  respect  for  a  note  of  the  Bank  of  France  for  twenty 
francs  ;  but  bills  for  smaller  denominations  he  utterly  loathes— re- 
membering the  unredeemed  assignats  of  1793 — and  from  the  bottom 
of  his  soul  abhors.  In  England  we  admire  and  revere  the  five-pound 
Bank  of  England  note  and  its  higher  denominations  ;  but  an  attempt 
to  force  a  currency  of  one-pound  notes  or  of  five-shilling  notes  on 
the  nation  in  time  of  peace  would  lead  to  a  revolution.  No  Lon- 
doner will  have  anything  to  do  with  an  Irish  one-pound  note,  or 
for  one  issued  by  the  few  provincial  banks  which  are  still  author- 
ized to  emit  such  securities.  We  believe  only  in  gold,  silver, 
and  "flimsies,"  or  notes  above  the  value  of  five  pounds.  The 
American  does  not  seem  to  care  for  gold,  and  he  seems  to  dislike 
a  silver  coinage  in  the  higher  denominations  intensely.  I  have 
been  more  than  once  reminded  by  American  friends  to  whom  I 
have  mentioned  the  (to  me)  puzzling  persistence  with  which  printed 
promises  to  pay,  instead  of  solid  bullion,  are  adhered  to,  that  the 
public  have  yet  to  be  educated  to  the  employment  of  a  metallic 
currency,  and  that  there  are  millions  of  young  Americans  of  both 
sexes  who  until  they  were  fourteen  or  fifteen  years  old  had  never 
set  eyes  on  an  American  gold  or  silver  coin.  But  I  remember  to  have 
read  that  in  the  beginning  of  this  century  we  in  England,  during 
the  continuance  of  our  great  wars  with  France,  a  period  of  about 
fifteen  years,  were  afflicted  with  an  irredeemable  paper  currency — 
never,  however,  of  a  lower  denomination  than  twenty  shillings,  for 
we  had  always  plenty  of  silver,  and  that  the  general  disfavor  with 


162  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

which  the  suspension  of  cash  payments  was  regarded  found  its  em- 
bodiment in  a  song  which  obtained  immense  popularity,  and  which 
began — 

"  I'd  rather  have  a  guinea  than  a  one-pound  note." 

The  resumption  of  specie  payments  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
war  was  hailed  with  almost  delirious  enthusiasm  by  the  public  at 
large  ;  and  he  would  be  a  bold  statesman  indeed  who  attempted  to 
withdraw  from  circulation  that  gold  which  is  held  sacred  among  us 
and  to  substitute  for  it  irredeemable  paper. 

Here  I  pause,  not  for  lack  of  materials  for  further  remarks  on 
"  Now  and  Then  in  America,"  but  simply  through  a  desire  in  the 
first  place  not  to  weary  my  readers,  and  in  the  next  place  not  to  be 
adjudged  guilty  of  impertinence  in  dwelling  at  large  on  matters  with 
which,  looking  at  the  brief  duration  of  my  stay  on  this  continent, 
I  can  have  only  a  very  imperfect  and  superficial  acquaintance. 

George  Augustus  Sala. 


I 


THE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION. 


The  Emancipation  Proclamation  is  the  most  signal  fact  in  the 
Administration  of  President  Lincoln.  It  marks,  indeed,  the  sharp 
and  abrupt  beginning  of  "  the  Great  Divide  "  which,  since  the  up- 
heaval produced  by  the  late  civil  war,  has  separated  the  polity  and 
politics  of  the  ante-bellum  period  from  the  polity  and  politics  of  the 
post-helium,  era.  No  other  act  of  Mr.  Lincoln's  has  been  so  warmly 
praised  on  the  one  hand,  or  so  warmly  denounced  on  the  other  ;  and 
perhaps  it  has  sometimes  been  equally  misunderstood,  in  its  real  na- 
ture and  bearing,  by  those  who  have  praised  it  and  those  who  have 
denounced  it.  The  domestic  institution  against  which  it  was  lev- 
eled having  now  passed  as  finally  into  the  domain  of  history  as  the 
slavery  of  Greece  and  Rome,  it  would  seem  that  the  time  has  come 
when  we  can  review  this  act  of  Mr.  Lincoln's  in  the  calm  light  of 
reason,  without  serious  disturbance  from  the  illusions  of  fancy  or 
the  distortions  of  prejudice. 

In  order  to  give  precision  and  definiteness  to  the  inquiry  here 
undertaken,  it  seems  necessary  at  the  threshold  to  distinguish  the 
true  purport  and  operation  of  the  Emancipation  Proclamation  from 
some  things  with  which  it  is  often  confounded  in  popular  speech. 
In  the  first  place,  it  is  proper  to  say  that  the  Proclamation,  in  its 
inception  and  in  its  motive,  had  nothing  to  do  with  the  employment 
of  slaves  as  laborers  in  the  army.  Fugitive  slaves  were  so  employed 
long  before  the  utterance  of  such  a  manifesto  had  been  contem- 
plated, or  the  thought  of  it  tolerated  by  the  President.  Just  as 
little  was  the  Proclamation  a  necessary  condition  precedent  to  the 
enlistment  of  fugitive  slaves  as  soldiers  in  the  army.  Mr.  Lincoln 
was  averse  to  the  employment  of  negroes  as  soldiers  at  the  time  he 
issued  the  preliminary  Proclamation  of  September  22,  1862,  and  he 
remained  in  this  state  of  mind  until  the  final  edict  was  issued  on 
the  first  of  January  following.     It  was  not  until  the  20th  of  Janu- 


164^  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

ary,  1863,  tliat  Governor  Andrew,  of  Massachusetts,  received  per- 
mission to  make  an  experiment  in  this  direction. 

We  learn  from  the  diary  of  Mr.  Secretary  Chase  that  at  a  meet- 
ing of  the  Cabinet  held  on  the  21st  of  July,  1862,  the  President 
"  determined  to  take  some  definite  steps  in  respect  to  military  ac- 
tion and  slavery."  A  letter  from  General  Hunter  having  been  sub- 
mitted, in  which  he  asked  for  authority  to  enlist  "  all  loyal  persons 
without  reference  to  complexion,"  it  appears  that  Messrs.  Stanton, 
Seward,  and  Chase  advocated  the  proposition,  and  no  one  in  the 
Cabinet  spoke  against  it ;  but,  adds  Mr.  Chase,  "  the  President  ex- 
pressed himself  as  averse  to  arming  negroes."  On  the  next  day  the 
question  of  arming  slaves  was  again  brought  up,  and  Mr.  Chase 
"  advocated  it  warmly  "  ;  but  the  President  was  still  unwilling  to 
adopt  this  measure,  and  proposed  simply  to  issue  a  proclamation 
based  on  the  confiscation  act  of  July  17,  1862,  "calling  on  the  States 
to  return  to  their  allegiance,  and  warning  the  rebels  that  the  pro- 
visions of  that  act  would  have  full  force  at  the  expiration  of  sixty 
days,  adding,  on  his  own  part,  a  declaration  of  his  intention  to  renew 
at  the  next  session  of  Congress  his  recommendation  of  compensation 
to  States  adopting  the  gradual  abolishment  of  slavery,  and  proclaim- 
ing the  emancipation  of  all  slaves  within  States  remaining  in  insur- 
rection on  the  1st  of  January,  1863."  *  So  the  first  intimation  made 
to  the  Cabinet  of  a  purpose  to  proclaim  the  liberation  of  slaves  in 
the  insurgent  States  was  made  in  connection  with  the  President's 
avowed  opposition  to  the  arming  of  negroes. 

Writing  from  memory,  Mr.  Secretary  Welles  states,  in  his  "  His- 
tory of  Emancipation,"  that  the  President,  "  early  in  August " — he 
thinks  it  was  the  2d  of  August — submitted  to  the  Cabinet  "the 
rough  draft  "  of  a  proclamation  to  emancipate,  after  a  certain  day, 
all  slaves  in  States  which  should  then  be  in  rebellion,  but  that  Mr. 
Seward  argued  against  the  promulgation  of  such  a  paper  at  that 
time,  "  because  it  would  be  received  and  considered  as  a  despairing 
cry,  a  shriek  from  and  for  the  Administration,  rather  than  for  free- 
dom." f  He  further  records  that  the  President,  impressed  with  this 
view,  closed  his  portfolio,  and  did  not  recur  to  the  subject  until 
after  the  battle  of  Antietam,  which  was  fought  on  the  17th  of  Sep- 
tember. 

Writing  in  his  diary  under  date  of  August  3d,  but  referring, 
doubtless,  to  the  discussions  held  in  the  Cabinet  on  the  previous 

*  Warden's  "  Life  of  Chase,"  p.  440.  f  "  Galaxy,"  December,  1872,  p.  845. 


THE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION  ,165 

day,*  Mr.  Chase  records  that,  "  for  the  tenth  or  twentieth  time,"  he 
urged  the  adoption  of  a  vigorous  policy  against  slavery  in  the  se- 
ceded States  by  "  assuring  the  blacks  of  freedom  on  condition  of 
loyalty,  and  by  organizing  the  best  of  them  in  companies  and  regi- 
ments." He  further  records  that  Mr.  Seward  "  expressed  himself 
in  favor  of  any  measures  which  could  be  carried  into  effect  without 
proclamation,  and  the  President  said  that  he  was  pretty  well  cured 
of  objection  to  any  measure,  except  want  of  adaptedness  to  put  down 
the  rebellion,  but  did  not  seem  satisfied  that  the  time  had  come  for 
the  adoption  of  such  a  plan  as  I  had  proposed."  f 

On  the  22d  of  August,  just  one  month  after  Mr.  Lincoln  had 
first  opened  the  subject  of  emancipation  to  his  Cabinet,  he  proceeded 
to  take  the  whole  country  into  his  confidence  on  the  relations  of 
slavery  to  the  war.  On  that  day  he  wrote  "  the  Greeley  Letter  " 
— a  letter  written  in  reply  to  an  earnest  and. importunate  appeal  in 
which,  assuming  to  utter  the  "Prayer  of  Twenty  Millions,"  Mr. 
Greeley  had  called  on  the  President,  with  much  truculence  of 
speech,  to  issue  a  proclamation  of  freedom  to  all  slaves  in  the  Con- 
federate States.  As  this  letter  was  the  first  as  well  as  the  most 
pithy  and  syllogistic  public  discussion  which  the  President  ever 
gave  to  the  subject  in  hand,  it  seems  proper  not  only  to  insert  it 
here  in  its  entirety,  but,  as  a  matter  of  literary  curiosity,  to  reproduce 
it  in  its  original  form.     The  following  is  a  f ac-simile  of  the  letter  : 


/ 


^  -J<&^  £uJZj  ./uuhx*  ^nu^r  af&S* 

^frTzryuz^n*?    *S  &tj  Q*-^.  (Ktn**-   o^*^  ^Cz^xj   c^ujCc^Z^Zu 


*  The  meeting  was  held  on  a  Saturday,  according  to  Mr.  Welles,  and  the  3d  of  Au- 
gust, 1862,  was  a  Sunday. 

f  Warden's  "  Life  of  Chase,"  p.  446. 
vol.  CXXX.--NO.  279.  12 


4^*s 


tzr^ 


166  TEE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW^ 

Pur**  &v*cr<s  s&j2~J     #shp~j    ^^a^-^T^CjxL*^/%    s&t^feu 

^c*»  ^  p"/m  ^r— >         (Jy^f^e^o    fa*l£mm*    f-S~£*  ?~r2r>~4<xJfi^c~ 

>^!L*w_     *i^  /^?^w  ^c/  ^a*~    /^zC    (~rai-£~is  fyi^C^^ 

&&    (L^i^r     f^&^    -fat,      OfUL^    &Cr£&  f*~r&~ 


'^-*ts 


TEE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION.  167 

/tt*Z*s~  *J />£**£& *lo  JUL,   fr~&^*^s  Jf£*jufg<^ 

filP^-e-Js    l~v£&    fcf^Zr  <£-£&/ /2*vaw  £-v^yj-/&^,  jzau£**s 

This  letter  appeared  for  the  first  time  in  the  "  National  Intelli- 
gencer "  of  August  23,  1862.* 

*  The  letter  came  into  my  hands  from  the  fact  that  I  was  one  of  the  editors  of  the 
"  Intelligencer,"  to  which  Mr.  Lincoln  sent  it  for  publication.     The  omitted  passage — 


168  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

In  his  interview  with  the  Representatives  of  the  Border  States, 
held  on  the  10th  of  March,  1862,  Mr.  Lincoln  had  said  that,  as  long 
as  he  remained  President,  the  people  of  Maryland  (and  therefore  of 
the  other  Border  States)  had  nothing  to  fear  for  their  peculiar  do- 
mestic institution  "  either  by  direct  action  of  the  Government  or  by 
indirect  action,  as  through  the  emancipation  of  slaves  in  the  District 
of  Columbia  or  the  confiscation  of  Southern  property "  in  slaves. 
In  that  same  interview,  while  making  a  confidential  avowal  of  these 
friendly  sentiments,  he  had  protested  against  their  public  announce- 
ment at  that  juncture,  on  the  ground  that  "it  would  force  him  into 
a  quarrel  with  '  the  Greeley  faction  '  before  the  proper  time."  He 
twice  intimated  that  such  a  quarrel  was  impending,  but  added  that 
"  he  did  not  wish  to  encounter  it  before  the  proper  time,  nor  at  all 
if  it  could  be  avoided."  * 

It  was  no  more  than  natural,  therefore,  that  these  Representatives, 
on  the  appearance  of  "  the  Greeley  Letter,"  should  have  read  be- 
tween its  lines  a  supposed  indication  of  the  President's  purpose  to 
break  with  "  the  Greeley  faction  "  at  an  early  day.  They  believed 
that  the  President,  at  the  bottom  of  his  heart,  was  in  sympathy 
with  them,  and  with  their  theory  of  the  war.  They  were  not  en- 
tirely disabused  of  this  impression  even  after  his  interview  with 
them  on  the  12th  of  July,  when  he  made  a  last  ineffectual  appeal 
to  them  in  behalf  of  "  emancipation  with  compensation  to  loyal 
owners,"  and  when  he  reenforced  his  appeal  by  urging  that  the 
acceptance  of  such  a  policy  would  help  to  relieve  him  from  "  the 
pressure"  for  military  emancipation  at  the  South. 

The  Representatives  from  the  Border  States  were  strengthened 
in  their  delusion  by  a  corresponding  delusion  of  the  Radical  Repub- 
licans,! wno  weakly  supposed  the  President  at  this  juncture  to  be  a 
nose  of  wax  in  the  hands  of  what  they  called  "  the  pro-slavery  fac- 
tion." As  late  as  the  10th  of  September,  ten  days  before  the 
preliminary  Proclamation  of  emancipation  was  issued,  we  find  Mr. 

"  Broken  eggs  can  never  be  mended,  and  the  longer  the  breaking  proceeds  the  more 
will  be  broken  " — was  erased,  with  some  reluctance,  by  the  President,  on  the  repre- 
sentation, made  to  him  by  the  editors,  that  it  seemed  somewhat  exceptionable,  on 
rhetorical  grounds,  in  a  paper  of  such  dignity.  But  it  can  do  no  harm,  at  this  late 
day,  to  reveal  the  homely  similitude  by  which  Mr.  Lincoln  had  originally  purposed  to 
reenforce  his  political  warnings. 

*  McPherson,  "Political  History,"  p.  211. 

f  The  word  "  Radical  "  throughout  this  paper  is  used  historically,  and  not  in  any 
invidious  sense.  It  is  the  term  by  which  Mr.  Lincoln  called  the  "  Stalwarts  "  of  that 
day,  and  by  which  they  called  themselves. 


THE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION.  169 

Chase  lamenting  in  his  diary  that  the  President  "  has  yielded  so 
much  to  Border  State  and  negrophobic  counsels  that  he  now  finds 
it  difficult  to  arrest  his  own  descent  to  the  most  fatal  concessions."  * 
And  this  impatient  insistence  of  his  Radical  friends  was  repaid 
by  the  President  with  gibes  and  sneers,  as  when,  for  instance,  on 
this  same  10th  of  September,  he  taunted  Mr.  Chase  with  "  the  ill- 
timed  jest "  that  some  one  had  proposed,  in  view  of  the  Confederate 
invasion  of  Pennsylvania,  which  was  then  believed  to  be  impend- 
ing, that  he  (the  President)  should  issue  a  proclamation  "  freeing 
all  apprentices  in  that  State  " — on  the  ground  of  military  neces- 
sity ! 

It  was  with  a  like  festive  humor  that,  on  the  13th  of  Septem- 
ber, he  parried  the  arguments  of  the  Chicago  clergymen  who  had 
come  to  Washington  in  order  to  press  for  a  proclamation  of  free- 
dom. To  their  representation  that  the  recent  military  disasters 
"  were  tokens  of  divine  displeasure,  calling  for  new  and  advanced 
action  on  the  part  of  the  President,"  he  shrewdly  replied  that,  if 
it  was  probable  that  God  would  reveal  his  will  to  others  on  a 
point  so  intimately  connected  with  the  President's  duty,  it  might 
be  supposed  that  he  would  reveal  it  directly  to  the  President  him- 
self. To  the  argument  that  a  proclamation  of  freedom  would 
summon  additional  laborers  to  help  the  army,  he  replied  by  ask- 
ing what  reason  there  was  to  suppose  that  such  a  proclamation 
would  have  more  effect  than  the  late  law  enacted  by  Congress  to 
this  end  ;  and,  if  they  should  come  in  multitudes,  how,  he  asked, 
could  they  all  be  fed  ?  To  the  suggestion  that  the  able-bodied 
among  them  might  be  armed  to  fight  for  the  Union,  he  ironically 
replied,  "  If  we  were  to  arm  them,  I  fear  that  in  a  few  weeks  the 
arms  would  be  in  the  hands  of  the  rebels."  To  the  plea  that  eman- 
cipation would  give  a  holy  motive  and  a  sacred  object  to  the  war, 
he  replied  by  saying  that  "  we  already  had  an  important  principle 
to  rally  and  unite  the  people,  in  the  fact  that  constitutional  govern- 
ment was  at  stake — a  fundamental  idea  going  down  about  as  deep 
as  anything." 

.  It  is  true  that  at  the  close  of  his  interview  the  President  assured 
the  Chicago  committee  that  he  had  not  "  decided  against  a  procla- 
mation of  liberty  to  slaves,"  and  that  "  the  subject  was  on  his  mind 
by  day  and  night  more  than  any  other  ;  "  but  this  statement  only 
served  to  bring  into  bold  relief  the  little  faith  he  then  seemed  to 

*  Warden's  "  Life  of  Chase,"  p.  471. 


170  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

have  in  a  measure  for  which,  considered  as  a  means  to  the  ends 
proposed  by  its  patrons,  he  could,  with  all  his  meditations,  find  no 
good  and  sufficient  reasons.  It  is  true  that,  on  the  preceding  22d  of 
July,  Mr.  Lincoln  had  said  that  he  was  pretty  well  cured  of  objec- 
tion to  any  measure  against  slavery  except  "  want  of  adaptedness 
to  put  down  the  rebellion  "  ;  and  now,  too,  he  publicly  announced 
that  he  "  did  not  want  to  issue  a  document  which  the  whole  world 
would  see  must  necessarily  be  inoperative,  like  the  Pope's  bull 
against  the  comet."  It  is  true  that  he  had  previously  sketched 
"  the  rough  draft "  of  an  emancipation  proclamation,  but  he  had 
put  it  back  in  his  portfolio  on  the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Seward  that 
practical  measures  against  slavery  could  be  carried  into  effect 
"  without  proclamation."  It  is  true  that  only  a  few  days  previously 
("  when  the  rebel  army  was  at  Frederick "  *)  he  had  registered  a 
vow  in  heaven  that  he  would  issue  a  proclamation  of  emancipation 
so  soon  as  the  Confederates  should  be  driven  out  of  Maryland  ;  but 
this  was  the  conduct  either  of  a  man  who,  in  a  perplexing  state  of 
incertitude,  resolves  his  doubts  by"  throwing  a  lot  in  the  lap  "  and 
leaving  "  the  whole  disposing  thereof  to  be  of  the  Lord,"  or,  as  I 
prefer  to  believe,  it  was  that  prudent  and  reverent  waiting  on  Provi- 
dence by  which  the  President  sought  to  guard  against  the  danger 
of  identifying  the  Proclamation  in  the  popular  mind  with  a  panic 
cry  of  despair,  in  which  latter  case  the  hesitation  of  Mr.  Lincoln 
only  serves  to  set  in  a  stronger  light  the  significant  fact  that  other 
than  considerations  of  military  necessity  were  held  to  dominate  the 
situation,  for,  if  they  alone  had  been  prevalent,  the  Proclamation 
could  never  have  come  more  appropriately  than  when  the  military 
need  was  greatest. 

The  proximate  and  procuring  cause  of  the  Proclamation,  as  I 
conceive,  is  not  far  to  seek.  It  was  issued  primarily  and  chiefly  as 
a  political  necessity,  and  took  on  the  character  of  a  military  neces- 
sity only  because  the  President  had  been  brought  to  believe  that  if 
he  did  not  keep  the  Radical  portion  of  his  party  at  his  back  he 
could  not  long  be  sure  of  keeping  an  army  at  the  front.  He  had 
begun  the  conduct  of  the  war  on  the  theory  that  it  was  waged  for 
the  restoration  of  the  Union  under  the  Constitution  as  it  was  at  the 
outbreak  of  the  secession  movement.  He  sedulously  labored  to 
keep  the  war  in  this  line  of  direction.  He  publicly  deprecated  its 
degeneration  into  a  remorseless  revolutionary  struggle.     He  culti- 

*  September  6th. 


THE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION.  171 

vated  every  available  alliance  with  the  Union  men  of  the  Border 
States.  He  sympathized  with  them  in  their  loyalty,  and  in  the 
political  theory  on  which  it  was  based.  But  the  most  active  and 
energetic  wing  of  the  Republican  party  had  become,  as  the  war 
waxed  hotter,  more  and  more  hostile  to  this  "  Border  State  theory 
of  the  war,"  until,  in  the  end,  its  fiery  and  impetuous  leaders  did 
not  hesitate  to  threaten  him  with  repudiation  as  a  political  chief, 
and  even  began  in  some  cases  to  hint  the  expediency  of  withholding 
supplies  for  the  prosecution  of  the  war,  unless  the  President  should 
remove  "  pro-slavery  generals  "  from  the  command  of  our  armies, 
and  adopt  an  avowedly  antislavery  policy  in  the  future  conduct  of 
the  war.  Thus  placed  between  two  stools,  and  liable  between  them 
to  fall  to  the  ground,  he  determined  at  last  to  plant  himself  firmly 
on  the  stool  which  promised  the  surest  and  safest  support. 

I  am  able  to  state  with  confidence  that  Mr.  Lincoln  gave  this 
explanation  of  his  changed  policy  a  few  days  after  the  preliminary 
Proclamation  of  September  22d  had  been  issued.  The  Hon.  Edward 
Stanly,  the  Military  Governor  of  North  Carolina,  immediately  on 
receiving  a  copy  of  that  paper,  hastened  to  Washington  for  the 
purpose  of  seeking  an  authentic  and  candid  explanation  of  the 
grounds  on  which  Mr.  Lincoln  had  based  such  a  sudden  and  grave 
departure  from  the  previous  theory  of  the  war.  Mr.  Stanly  had 
accepted  the  post  of  Military  Governor  of  North  Carolina  at  a  great 
personal  sacrifice,  and  with  a  distinct  understanding  that  the  war 
was  to  be  prosecuted  on  the  same  constitutional  theory  which  had 
presided  over  its  inception  by  the  Federal  Government,  and  hence 
the  Proclamation  not  only  took  him  by  surprise,  but  seemed  to  him 
an  act  of  perfidy.  In  this  view  he  hastily  abandoned  his  post,  and 
came  to  throw  up  his  commission  and  return  to  California,  where 
he  had  previously  resided.  Before  doing  so  he  sought  an  audience 
with  the  President — in  fact,  held  several  interviews  with  him — on 
the  subject,  and  knowing  that,  as  a  public  journalist,  I  was  deeply 
interested  in  the  matter,  he  came  to  report  to  me  the  substance  of 
the  President's  communications.  That  substance  was  recorded  in 
my  diary  as  follows  : 

September  27th. — Had  a  call  to-day  at  the  "  Intelligencer  "  office  from  the 
Honorable  Edward  Stanly,  Military  Governor  of  North  Carolina.  In  a  long 
and  interesting  conversation  Mr.  Stanly  related  to  me  the  substance  of  several 
interviews  which  he  had  had  with  the  President  respecting  the  Proclamation 
of  Freedom.  Mr.  Stanly  said  that  the  President  had  stated  to  him  that  the 
Proclamation  had  become  a  civil  necessity  to  prevent  the  Eadicals  from  openly 


172  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

embarrassing  the  Government  in  the  conduct  of  the  war.  The  President  ex- 
pressed the  belief  that,  without  the  Proclamation  for  which  they  had  been 
clamoring,  the  Kadicals  would  take  the  extreme  step  in  Congress  of  withhold- 
ing supplies  for  carrying  on  the  war — leaving  the  whole  land  in  anarchy. 
Mr.  Lincoln  said  that  he  had  prayed  to  the  Almighty  to  save  him  from  this 
necessity,  adopting  the  very  language  of  our  Saviour,  "  If  it  be  possible,  let  this 
cup  pass  from  me,"  but  the  prayer  had  not  been  answered. 

As  this  frank  admission,  in  the  length  and  breadth  here  given 
to  it,  will  doubtless  wear  an  air  of  novelty  to  many  readers,  and 
may  excite  suspicions  in  some  minds  with  regard  to  the  accuracy  of 
my  chronicle,  the  faithfulness  of  Mr.  Stanly's  report,  or  the  sincer- 
ity of  Mr.  Lincoln  in  making  his  statements,  it  seems  proper  to 
vindicate  the  authenticity  of  the  record  by  an  appeal  to  other  facts 
which  abundantly  corroborate  its  truth. 

In  his  interview  with  the  Border  State  Representatives  on  the 
12th  of  July,  1862,  the  President  had  implored  them  to  relieve  him 
from  the  Radical  "  pressure  "  by  espousing,  with  him,  the  policy  of 
emancipation  with  compensation.  This  "pressure,"  he  said,  was 
even  then  "  threatening  a  division  among  those  who,  united,  are 
none  too  strong."  On  the  next  day,  after  the  failure  of  this  inter- 
view to  make  any  impression  on  the  Border  State  Representatives, 
the  President,  for  the  first  time,  opened  the  subject  of  military 
emancipation  in  a  private  conversation  with  two  members  of  his 
Cabinet — Mr.  Seward  and  Mr.  Welles.  The  President  then  said, 
as  Mr.  "Welles  reports,  that  emancipation  "  was  forced  upon  him  as 
a  necessity,"  "  was  thrust  at  him  from  various  quarters,"  but  "  had 
been  driven  home  to  him  by  the  conference  of  the  preceding  day."  * 
On  the  28th  of  the  same  month  he  wrote  to  Mr.  Cuthbert  Bullitt, 
of  New  Orleans,  that  it  was  "  a  military  necessity  to  have  men  and 
money,  and  we  can  not  get  either  in  sufficient  numbers  or  amount 
if  we  keep  from  or  drive  from  our  lines  slaves  coming  to  them.''''  f 
Even  at  this  date,  when  the  enlistment  of  colored  troops  was  not 
meditated,  it  will  be  seen  that  Mr.  Lincoln  confessed  himself 
obliged  to  make  concessions  to  the  antislavery  sentiment  of  his 
party  in  order  to  procure  supplies  of  men  and  money,  and  thus 
early  it  was  that,  as  a  wary  political  pilot,  he  kept  his  weather  eye 
fixed  on  the  thickening  clouds  that  rose  higher  and  higher  in  the 
Northern  sky — clouds  full  of  muttered  wrath  against  him  so  long  as 

*  "  Galaxy,"  December,  1872,  p.  843. 

\  Raymond,  "  Life  and  State  Papers  of  Abraham  Lincoln,"  p.  484. 


THE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION  173 

he  seemed  to  hold  in  leash  the  thunderbolt  they  were  ready  to  dis- 
charge on  slavery.  For  he  prefaced  this  statement  by  saying  that 
what  he  did  and  what  he  omitted  about  slaves  "  was  done  and  omitted 
on  the  same  military  necessity" — the  necessity  of  having  men  and 
money  to  carry  on  the  war.  And  the  President's  apprehensions  were 
not  entirely  groundless  on  this  score.  As  early  as  in  the  month  of  May, 
1862,  Governor  Andrew,  of  Massachusetts,  had  not  hesitated  to  say 
"  in  writing  "  that  the  people  of  that  State  had  come  to  "  feel  it  a 
heavy  draft  on  their  patriotism "  that  they  should  be  asked  "  to 
help  fight  rebels  "  without  being  allowed  "  to  fire  on  the  enemy's 
magazine."  And,  in  the  very  act  of  submitting  the  preliminary 
Proclamation  of  September  22d  to  the  consideration  of  his  Cabinet, 
the  President  avowed  that  it  was  issued  under  the  menacing  frown 
of  this  "  pressure "  ;  for  when  Mr.  Montgomery  Blair  argued 
against  the  timeliness  of  the  measure,  on  the  ground  that  it  might 
"  put  the  patriotic  element  of  the  Border  States  in  jeopardy,"  and 
even  "  carry  those  States  over  to  the  secessionists,"  Mr.  Lincoln  re- 
plied that  "  the  difficulty  was  as  great  not  to  act  as  to  act "  * — that 
is,  by  not  acting  in  the  way  proposed  he  feared  a  disaffection  among 
his  party  friends  at  the  North  which  would  be  as  dangerous  to  the 
Union  as  the  disaffection  likely  to  be  produced  by  the  Proclamation 
among  the  Unionists  of  the  Border  States.  The  President  remem- 
bered that  the  Massachusetts  Republican  Convention,  held  less  than 
two  weeks  before,  had  omitted  to  pass  a  vote  of  confidence  in  his 
Administration,  but  had  voted  that  "  slavery  should  be  exterminat- 
ed." Even  the  Radical  members  of  his  own  Cabinet  had  come  to 
think  of  him  and  to  speak  of  him  as  a  political  recreant.  On  the 
12th  of  September,  ten  days  before  the  preliminary  edict  was  is- 
sued, Mr.  Chase  wrote  of  him  as  follows  :  "  He  has  already  sepa- 
rated himself  from  the  great  body  of  the  party  which  elected 
him ;  distrusts  most  those  who  represent  its  spirit,  and  waits — for 
what?"f 

The  Proclamation  when  it  came  put  an  end,  of  course,  to  all  this 
"  pressure."  Indeed,  Mr.  Chase  admitted,  when  the  President  read 
the  paper  to  his  Cabinet,  that  it  went  "  a  step  further  than  he  had 
ever  proposed."  He  had  proposed  that  each  commander  of  a  de- 
partment at  the  South  should  be  instructed  to  proclaim  emancipa- 
tion within  his  district,  assuring  the  blacks  of  freedom  on  condition 

*  "  Galaxy,"  December,  1872,  p.  847. 
f  Warden's  "  Life  of  Chase,"  p.  471. 


174  THE  NORTE  AMERICAN'  REVIEW. 

of  loyalty,  and  organizing  the  best  of  them  in  companies  and  regi- 
ments.* But  Mr.  Lincoln  promised  and  threatened  that,  on  the  1st 
of  January,  1863,  "  all  persons  held  as  slaves  within  any  State,  or 
designated  part  of  a  State,  the  people  whereof  should  then  be  in 
rebellion  against  the  United  States,  should  be  then,  thenceforward, 
and  for  ever  free  " — a  declaration  which  promised  the  largesse  of 
freedom  alike  to  the  "  loyal  blacks  "  who  escaped  within  our  lines, 
and  to  the  slaves  who  voluntarily  stood  by  their  masters,  because 
they  were  unwilling  to  strike  a  blow  for  their  own  liberty. 

If  the  Proclamation  disarmed  for  a  time  the  bitter  opposition  of 
the  Radicals,  its  other  political  and  practical  effects  were  such  as 
abundantly  justified  the  long  hesitation  of  the  President  in  issuing 
it.  It  precipitated  .a  crisis  which  threatened  to  divide  the  friends 
of  the  Union  at  the  North  by  a  new  line  of  cleavage.  If  Governor 
Andrew  and  his  political  associates  had  previously  found  it  a  "  heavy 
draft "  on  their  patriotism  to  sustain  the  President  in  his  constitu- 
tional theory  of  the  war,  it  now  became  a  heavy  draft  on  the  patri- 
otism of  conservative  Republicans  and  of  war  Democrats  to  sustain 
him  in  his  new  departure.  ~New  elective  affinities  suddenly  struck 
through  the  seething  mass  of  public  opinion,  and  led  to  new  politi- 
cal formations.  A  spirit  of  political  giddiness  and  revolt  was  shed 
upon  the  people  in  the  loyal  States.  In  the  ensuing  autumnal  elec- 
tions the  Republican  party  was  defeated  in  great  States  like  New 
York,  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Illinois.  When  Congress  met  in  Decem- 
ber the  political  signs  of  the  times  were  full  of  portents.  There 
was  "uneasiness  in  the  popular  mind."  The  attitude  of  Europe 
toward  us  was  "  cold  and  menacing  "  where  it  did  not  express  itself 
"  in  accents  of  pity  "  for  a  people  "  too  blind  to  surrender  a  hopeless 
cause."  These  are  not  my  words,  but  the  words  of  Mr.  Lincoln 
himself  when,  one  year  afterward,  he  was  called  to  review  the  po- 
litical, civil,  and  military  situation  created  by  the  Emancipation 
Proclamation.  The  utterance  of  the  Proclamation,  he  said,  "  was 
followed  by  dark  and  doubtful  days."  * 

The  Emancipation  Proclamation  united  the  South,  where,  how- 
ever, there  was  but  little  room  for  further  consolidation.  Leading 
citizens  in  that  section  who  had  previously  stood  aloof  from  the 
war,  so  long  as  it  was  conducted  at  the  South  in  the  name  of  seces- 
sion against  the  constitutional  Government   at  Washington,  now 

*  Warden's  "  Life  of  Chase,"  pp.  440,  446. 

f  Raymond,  "  Life  and  State  Papers  of  Abraham  Lincoln,"  p.  454. 


THE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION  175 

hastened  to  give  in  their  adhesion  to  the  Richmond  authorities. 
In  his  message  of  December,  1861,  Mr.  Lincoln  had  said  that "  in 
considering  the  policy  to  be  adopted  for  suppressing  the  insurrec- 
tion," he  had  been  "  anxious  and  careful  that  the  inevitable  conflict 
for  this  purpose  should  not  degenerate  into  a  violent  and  remorse- 
less revolutionary  struggle.  .  .  .  All  indispensable  means,"  he  added, 
"  must  be  employed,"  but  "  we  should  not  be  in  haste  to  determine 
that  radical  and  extreme  measures,  which  may  reach  the  loyal  as 
well  as  disloyal,  are  indispensable."  The  Emancipation  Proclama- 
tion was  accepted  by  these  halting  Unionists  at  the  South  as  an 
indication  that  the  time  for  "  radical  and  extreme  measures  "  had 
come  in  the  judgment  of  the  President,  and  they  acted  according- 
ly. "  For  a  time,"  says  Mr.  Welles,  the  proclamation  "  failed  to 
strengthen  the  Administration  in  any  section."  * 

Its  effect  on  the  slaves  at  the  South  was  such  as  Mr.  Lincoln 
had  predicted  in  his  interview  with  the  Chicago  deputation.  San- 
guine advocates  of  emancipation  by  edict  of  the  President  had  risked 
the  confident  prophecy  that  it  would  be  followed  by  a  simultaneous 
exodus  of  negroes  from  the  South,  and  that  such  an  exodus  would 
end  the  war  by  a  coup  de  theatre.  As  one  of  them  wrote,  "  The 
plow  would  stand  still  in  the  furrow,  the  ripened  grain  would 
remain  unharvested,  the  cows  would  not  be  milked,  the  dinners 
would  not  be  cooked,  but  one  universal  hallelujah  of  glory  to  God, 
echoed  from  every  valley  and  hill-top  of  rebeldom,  would  sound  the 
speedy  doom  of  treason."  *  This  bubble  was  pricked  by  the  pen 
that  wrote  the  Proclamation. 

In  all  these  respects  the  manifesto  was  comparatively  a  failure. 
But  it  accomplished  at  once  the  great  end  to  which  it  was  most  im- 
mediately directed  by  the  President — it  consolidated  the  Republican 
party,  and  made  it  more  intensely  than  ever  "  the  war-party  of  the 
country."  It  is  true  that  veteran  Republicans,  like  Thurlow  Weed, 
shrank  in  dismay  from  the  measure  ;  but  in  the  great  body  of  the 
party  it  kindled  a  new  flame  of  martial  enthusiasm,  albeit  the 
"  roads  "  in  New  England  did  not  "  swarm  "  with  volunteer  soldiers, 
as  Governor  Andrew  had  promised  and  predicted,  during  the  "  pres- 
sure "  period,  would  be  the  case,  provided  the  President  would  allow 
them  to  fight  "  with  God  and  human  nature  on  their  side."  The  an- 
tislavery  passions  of  the  North,  which  had  hitherto  been  kicking  in 
the  traces,  were  now  effectively  yoked  to  the  war-chariot  of  the 

*  "  Galaxy,"  December,  1872,  p.  848. 

f  "  National  Intelligencer,"  July  31,  1862. 


176  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

President.  The  Proclamation  lessened  for  a  time  the  number  of  his 
supporters,  but  it  gave  to  them  almost  the  compactness  of  a  Mace- 
donian phalanx.  It  put  an  end  to  political  vacillation  and  atermoie- 
ment.  Not  that  the  measure  in  either  matter  or  form  was  entirely 
satisfactory  to  the  zealots  of  emancipation,  and  not  that  the  Presi- 
dent, as  Lord  Lyons  wrote  to  his  Government,  "  had  thrown  himself 
in  the  arms  of  the  Radicals."  While  still  refusing  to  walk  altogether 
in  the  ways  of  these  extremists,  he  established  such  a  hold  on  the 
rank  and  file  of  the  Republican  army  that  they  followed  him  with- 
out faltering  through  the  shadow  of  the  dim  eclipse  which  obscured 
their  fortunes  in  the  autumn  of  1862.  A  year  later,  after  the  vic- 
tory at  Gettysburg  and  after  the  fall  of  Vicksburg,  when  the  shock 
of  arms  on  a  hundred  battle-fields  had  come  to  supply  the  country 
with  a  new  set  of  emotions,  Mr.  Lincoln  was  able  to  say,  "We 
have  the  new  reckoning." 

Doubtless  there  are  those  who,  on  the  view  here  presented,  will 
tax  Mr.  Lincoln  with  undue  subserviency  to  party.  But  it  is  only 
just  to  remember  that  he  tried  to  avoid  its  necessity,  as  with  strong 
crying  and  tears  ;  that  he  was  called  in  his  political  geometry  to 
deal  with  problems,  not  theorems  ;  and  that  he  was  a  tentative  states- 
man, who  groped  his  way  d  tdtons,  not  a  doctrinaire.  If  there  be 
heroes,  as  Carlyle  conceives  them,  bathed  in  the  eternal  splendors, 
and  projected  out  of  the  eternities  into  the  times  and  their  arenas, 
Lincoln  did  not  profess  to  be  of  their  number. 

I  pass  to  consider  the  force  and  effect  of  the  Proclamation  viewed 
in  the  light  of  constitutional  and  of  public  law.  And  here,  again,  it 
is  necessary  to  guard  against  a  confusion  of  ideas.  The  question 
at  issue  does  not  concern  the  right  of  a  belligerent  to  liberate  slaves, 
flagrante  hello,  by  military  order  accompanied  with  manucaption, 
or  the  right  to  enlist  such  liberated  slaves  in  his  army,  so  long  as 
the  war  lasts.  The  employment  of  colored  troops,  as  has  been 
shown,  did  not  depend  on  the  Emancipation  Proclamation,  for  the 
President  was  opposed  to  the  arming  of  negroes  when  he  first  em- 
barked on  his  emancipation  policy.  The  questions  presented  by  the 
Proclamation  of  January  1,  1863,  in  the  shape  actually  given  to  it 
by  Mr.  Lincoln,  are  these  : 

Firstly.  Had  the  President  of  the  United  States,  in  the  exercise 
of  his  war  powers,  a  right,  under  the  Constitution  and  by  public 
law,  to  decree,  on  grounds  of  military  necessity,  the  emancipation 
and  perpetual  enfranchisement  of  slaves  in  the  insurgent  States  and 
parts  of  States  ? 


TEE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION.  177 

Secondly.  Did  such  proclamation  work,  by  its  own  vigor,  the 
immediate,  the  unconditional,  and  the  perpetual  emancipation  of  all 
slaves  in  the  districts  affected  by  it  ? 

Thirdly.  Did  such  proclamation,  working  proprio  vigorey  not 
only  effect  the  emancipation  of  all  existing  slaves  in  the  insurgent 
territory,  but,  with  regard  to  slaves  so  liberated,  did  it  extinguish 
the  status  of  slavery  created  by  municipal  law,  insomuch  that  they 
would  have  remained  for  ever  free,  in  fact  and  law,  provided  the 
Constitution  and  the  legal  rights  and  relations  of  the  States  under 
it  had  remained,  on  the  return  of  peace,  what  they  were  before  the 
war? 

Unless  each  and  all  of  these  questions  can  be  answered  in  the 
affirmative,  the  Emancipation  Proclamation  was  not  authorized  by 
the  Constitution  or  by  international  law,  and  so  far  as  they  must 
be  answered  in  the  negative  it  was  brutum  fulmen.  It  remains, 
then,  to  make  inquiry  under  each  of  these  heads  : 

1.  As  everybody  admits  that  the  President,  in  time  of  peace  and 
in  the  normal  exercise  of  his  constitutional  prerogatives,  had  no 
power  to  emancipate  slaves,  it  follows  that  the  right  accrued  to  him, 
if  at  all,  from  the  war  powers  lodged  in  his  hands  by  public  law 
when,  as  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  army  and  navy,  he  was  engaged 
in  a  life-and-death  struggle  with  insurgents,  whose  number,  power, 
and  legal  description,  gave  them  the  character  of  public  enemies. 
It  is,  therefore,  to  public  law,  as  enfolded  in  time  of  war  and  for 
war  purposes  in  the  bosom  of  the  Constitution,  that  we  are  pri- 
marily to  look  for  the  authority  under  which  the  President  as- 
sumed to  act. 

Of  international  law  no  less  can  be  said  than  has  been  said  by 
Webster  :  "  If,  for  the  decision  of  any  question,  the  proper  rule  is 
to  be  found  in  the  law  of  nations,  that  law  adheres  to  the  subject. 
It  follows  the  subject  through,  no  matter  into  what  place,  high  or 
low.  You  can  not  escape  the  law  of  nations  in  a  case  where  it  is 
applicable.  The  air  of  every  judicature  is  full  of  it.  It  pervades 
the  courts  of  law  of  the  highest  character,  and  the  court  of  pie 
poudre,  ay,  even  the  constable's  court."  * 

This  international  law,  with  all  its  belligerent  rights,  was  every- 
where present  as  a  potent  force  in  the  civil  war  between  the  United 
States  and  the  Confederate  States,  so  soon  as  that  war  had  assumed 
such  character  and  magnitude  as  to  give  the  United  States  the  same 

•      *  Webster'8  "Works,"  vol.  vi.,  p.  122. 


178  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW, 

rights  and  powers  which  they  might  exercise  in  the  case  of  a  na- 
tional or  foreign  war,  and  everybody  admits  that  it  assumed  that 
character  after  the  act  of  Congress  of  July  13,  1861.  But  interna- 
tional law,  in  time  of  war,  is  present  with  its  belligerent  obligations 
as  well  as  with  its  belligerent  rights,  and  what  those  obligations  are 
is  matter  of  definite  knowledge  so  far  as  they  are  recognized  and 
observed  in  the  conduct  and  jurisprudence  of  civilized  nations. 

The  law  of  postliminy,  according  to  which  persons -or  things 
taken  by  the  enemy  are  restored  to  their  former  state  when  they 
come  again  under  the  power  of  the  nation  to  which  they  formerly 
belonged,  was  anciently  held  to  restore  the  rights  of  the  owner  in 
the  case  of  a  slave  temporarily  affranchised  by  military  capture. 
And,  if  it  be  admitted  that,  as  regards  slaves,  this  fiction  of  the 
Roman  law  has  fallen  into  desuetude  under  the  present  practice  of 
nations,  it  is  none  the  less  true  that  the  Government  of  the  United 
States  has  earnestly  contended,  in  its  intercourse  with  other  nations, 
for  the  substantial  principle  on  which  the  rule  is  based.  We  in- 
sisted on  restoration  or  restitution  in  the  case  of  all  slaves  emanci- 
pated by  British  commanders  in  the  War  of  1812-'15,  and  the 
justice  of  our  claim  under  the  law  of  nations  was  conceded  by 
Great  Britain  when  she  signed  the  Treaty  of  Ghent,  and  when,  on 
the  arbitration  of  Russia,  she  paid  a  round  sum,  by  way  of  indem- 
nity, to  be  distributed  among  the  owners  of  slaves  who  had  been 
despoiled  of  their  slave  property.*  In  the  face  of  a  precedent  so 
set  and  so  adjudicated  by  these  great  powers  acting  under  the  law 
of  nations  (and  one  of  them  subsequently  known  as  the  leading 
antislavery  power  of  the  civilized  world),  it  would  seem  that,  as  a 
question  of  law,  the  first  interrogatory  must  be  answered  in  the 
negative.  Slaves  temporarily  captured  to  weaken  the  enemy  and 
to  conquer  a  peace  are  not  lawful  prize  of  war  by  military  pro- 
ceedings alone — proclamation,  capture,  and  deportation.  The  more 
fully  it  be  conceded  that  international  law,  in  time  and  fact  of  war, 
knows  the  slave  only  as  a  person,  the  more  fully  must  it  be  con- 
ceded that  this  law,  by  purely  military  measures,  can  take  no  cogni- 
zance of  him  as  a  chattel,  either  to  preserve  or  to  destroy  the 
master's  property  right  under  municipal  law.  It  leaves  questions 
about  the  chattel  to  be  settled  in  another  forum,  and  by  another 
judicature  than  the  wager  of  battle. 

Nor  does  it  help  the  matter  to  say  that  in  a  territorial  civil  war 

*  Lawrence's  "  Wheaton,"  pp.  612,  659. 


THE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION  179 

the  Federal  Government  is  clothed  with  the  rights  of  a  constitu- 
tional sovereign  in  addition  to  those  of  a  belligerent ;  for,  though 
this  statement  is  entirely  true,  it  is  not  true  that  both  of  these  juris- 
dictions apply  at  the  same  time,  or  that  it  is  lawful  to  import  the 
methods  and  processes  of  the  one  into  the  domain  of  the  other.  A 
government,  for  instance,  may  proceed  against  armed  rebels  by  the 
law  of  war — killing  them  in  battle  if  it  find  them  in  battle  array  ; 
by  public  law,  confiscating  their  property ;  by  sovereign  constitu- 
tional law,  condemning  them  to  death,  for  treason,  after  due  trial 
and  conviction.  But  each  of  these  proceedings  moves  in  a  sphere 
of  its  own,  and  the  methods  of  the  one  sphere  can  not  be  injected 
into  the  sphere  of  the  other.  It  would,  for  example,  be  a  shocking 
violation  of  both  constitutional  and  public  law  to  shoot  down  insur- 
gent prisoners  of  war,  in  cold  blood,  because  they  were  "  red-handed 
traitors,"  and  because  they  might  have  been  lawfully  killed  in  bat- 
tle. The  military  capture  of  a  slave  and  the  confiscation  of  the 
owner's  property  rights  in  him  fall  under  separate  jurisdictions,  and 
they  can  not  both  be  condensed  into  the  hands  of  a  military  com- 
mander any  more  than  into  the  hands  of  a  judge. 

2.  No  principle  of  public  law  is  clearer  than  that  which  rules 
the  war  rights  of  a  belligerent  to  be  correlative  and  commensurate 
only  with  his  war  powers.  "  To  extend  the  rights  of  military  oc- 
cupation or  the  limits  of  conquest  by  mere  intention,  implication,  or 
proclamation,  would  be,"  says  Halleck,  "  establishing  a  paper  con- 
quest infinitely  more  objectionable  in  its  character  and  effects  than 
a  paper  blockade"  *  It  is  only  so  far  as  and  so  fast  as  the  conquer- 
ing belligerent  reclaims  "  enemy  territory  "  and  gets  possession  of 
"  enemy  property  "  that  his  belligerent  rights  attach  to  either.  And 
hence,  when  Mr.  Lincoln,  on  the  1st  of  January,  1863,  assumed  au- 
thority, in  the  name  of  "  military  necessity,"  but  without  the  indis- 
pensable occupatio  bettica,  to  emancipate  slaves  in  the  territory  held 
by  the  enemy,  he  contravened  a  fundamental  principle  of  the  pub- 
lic law — a  principle  equally  applicable  to  the  relations  of  a  territo- 
rial civil  war  and  of  a  foreign  war.  It  is  important  to  observe 
that  where  this  principle  was  guarded  by  the  rights  and  interests 
of  foreign  nations,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Southern  ports  of  entry 
while  they  were  under  the  power  of  the  Confederate  authority,  it 
was  sacredly  respected  by  our  Government.  And  in  the  light  of  this 
doctrine  it  follows  that  the  second  of  the  questions  formulated  above 

*  Halleck,  "  International  Law,"  chapter  xxxii.,  §  2.     Cf .  2  Sprague's  "  Reports," 
p.  149. 


180  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

must  also  be  answered  in  the  negative  ;  for  as  to  large  parts  of  the 
South  Mr.  Lincoln  had  no  de  facto  power  when  he  assumed  to  lib- 
erate slaves  both  de  facto  and  de  jure  within  all  the  "  enemy  terri- 
tory "  at  that  date. 

3.  Since  the  decision  of  Lord  Stowell  in  the  case  of  the  slave 
Grace,*  it  has  been  an  accepted  doctrine  of  jurisprudence  that  the 
slave  character  of  a  liberated  slave — liberated  by  residing  on  free 
soil — is  redintegrated  by  the  voluntary  return  of  such  slave  to  the 
country  of  the  master.  Unless,  therefore,  the  Proclamation  of  Free- 
dom is  held  to  have  extinguished  the  status  of  slavery  in  the  States 
and  parts  of  States  affected  by  it,  it  would  have  conferred  a  very 
equivocal  boon  on  its  beneficiaries.  For,  unless  the  municipal  law 
of  slavery  were  wiped  out  by  the  Proclamation,  and  by  conquest 
under  it,  what  prevented  a  reenslavement  of  such  emancipated 
blacks  as  should  return  to  their  homes  after  the  war  ?  And  this 
fact  was  made  apparent  to  Mr.  Lincoln  and  to  the  whole  country 
as  soon  as  an  occasion  arose  for  bringing  the  matter  to  a  practical 
test. 

On  the  18th  of  July,  1864,  when  the  famous  "peace  negotia- 
tions "  were  pending  at  Niagara  Falls  between  Mr.  Greeley  and  cer- 
tain assumed  representatives  of  the  Confederate  States,  Mr.  Lincoln 
wrote  that  he  would  receive  and  consider  "  any  proposition  which 
embraced  the  restoration  of  peace,  the  integrity  of  the  whole  coun- 
try, and  the  abandonment  of  slavery,  and  which  came  by  and  with 
an  authority  that  can  control  the  armies  now  at  war  against  the 
United  States."  It  was  seen  that  the  emancipation  of  individual 
slaves,  even  of  all  individual  slaves  in  the  insurgent  States,  was 
worth  nothing  without  an  abandonment  of  slavery  itself — of  the 
municipal  status  in  which  the  slave  character  was  radicated,  and  in 
which  it  might  be  planted  anew  by  a  voluntary  return  to  the  slave 
soil.  It  was  seen,  too, 'that  the  Proclamation  of  Freedom,  consid- 
ered as  a  military  edict  addressed  to  "rebels  in  arms,"  had  created 
a  misjoinder  of  parties  as  well  as  a  misjoinder  of  issues,  for  the 
authority  which  controlled  the  Confederate  armies  was  not  compe- 
tent to  "  abandon  slavery  "  in  the  insurgent  States,  though  it  was 
competent  to  restore  "  peace  and  union  "  by  simply  desisting  from 
further  hostilities.  A  misjoinder  of  issues  was  also  created,  for  each 
State,  under  the  Constitution  as  it  stood,  had  a  right,  in  the  matter 
of  slavery,  to  order  and  control  its  own  domestic  institutions  accord- 

*  2  Haggard's  "  Reports,"  p.  94. 


TEE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION.  181 

ing  to  its  own  judgment  exclusively  ;  and  the  nation,  by  the  con- 
quest of  its  own  territory,  "  could  acquire  no  new  sovereignty,  but 
merely  maintain  its  previous  rights."  *  The  Proclamation  proposed 
to  leave  the  institution  of  slavery  undisturbed  in  certain  States  and 
parts  of  States,  while  destroying  it  in  certain  other  States  and  parts 
of  States.  Hence,  on  the  supposition  that  the  paper  was  to  have  full 
force  and  effect  after  the  war,  while  our  civil  polity  remained  the 
same,  a  new  distribution  of  powers  as  between  certain  States  and 
parts  of  States  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Federal  Government  on  the 
other,  would  have  been  created  by  edict  of  the  Executive. f  Without 
any  express  change  in  the  constitution  of  the  United  States,  and  with- 
out any  express  change  in  the  constitutions  of  the  insurgent  States, 
the  status  of  persons  on  one  side  of  a  State  line,  or  even  on  one  side 
of  a  county  line,  would  have  depended  on  municipal  law  ;  on  the 
other  side  of  such  State  or  county  line  it  would  have  depended  on 
a  military  decree  of  the  President.  In  this  strange  mixture  of  what 
Tacitus  calls  " res  dissociabiles — principatum  ac  libertatem"  it 
would  have  been  hard  to  tell  where  the  former  ended  and  the  latter 
began  ;  and  to  suppose  that  the  civil  courts,  in  the  ordinary  course 
of  judicial  decision,  could  have  recognized  such  anomalies,  while 
the  rights  of  the  States  under  the  Constitution  were  still  defined  by 
that  instrument,  is  to  suppose  that  judges  decree  justice  without 
law,  without  rule,  and  without  reason.  It  is  safe,  therefore,  to  say 
that  the  third  question  above  indicated  must  equally  be  answered 
in  the  negative. 

And  even  if  it  be  held  that  the  President's  want  of  power  to 
issue  the  Proclamation  without  the  accompanying  occupatio  bellica 
and  that  the  consequent  want  of  efficacy  in  the  paper  to  work 
emancipation  proprio  vigore  were  cured  by  actual  conquest  under 
it  on  the  part  of  the  Government,  and  by  actual  submission  to  it  on 
the  part  of  the  seceded  States,  insomuch  that  it  would  have  oper- 
ated the  extinction  of  the  slave  status  in  those  States,  it  still  re- 
mains none  the  less  clear  that,  without  a  change  in  the  Constitution 
of  the  United  States  prohibiting  slavery  in  the  South,  the  Proclama- 
tion must  have  failed,  with  the  rights  of  plenary  conquest  limited 
by  the  Constitution,  to  insure  the  perpetual  freedom  of  the  slaves 
liberated  under  it ;  for  what,  under  the  rights  still  reserved  to  the 
States,  would  have  prevented  the  future  reestablishment  of  slavery 
at  the  South  after  the  return  of  peace  ? 

*  2  Sprague's  "  Reports,"  p.  148. 
f  2  Hurd,  "  Law  of  Freedom  and  Bondage,"  p.  787. 
vol.  cxxx. — no.  279.  13 


182  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

Nobody  was  more  quick  to  perceive  or  more  frank  to  admit  the 
legal  weakness  and  insufficiency  of  the  Emancipation  Proclamation 
than  Mr.  Lincoln.  Determined  though  he  was  never  to  retract  the 
paper,  or  by  his  own  act  to  return  to  slavery  any  person  who  was 
declared  free  by  its  terms,  he  saw  that,  in  itself  considered,  it  was 
a  frail  muniment  of  title  to  any  slave  who  should  claim  to  be  free 
by  virtue  of  its  vigor  alone.  And  therefore  it  was  that,  with  a 
candor  which  did  him  honor,  he  made  no  pretense  of  concealing  its 
manifold  infirmities  either  from  his  own  eyes  or  from  the  eyes  of 
the  people,  so  soon  as  Congress  proposed,  in  a  way  of  undoubted 
constitutionality  and  of  undoubted  efficacy,  to  put  an  end  to  sla- 
very everywhere  in  the  Union  by  an  amendment  to  the  Constitution. 
Remarking  on  that  amendment  at  the  time  of  its  proposal,  he  said  : 
"  A  question  might  be  raised  whether  the  Proclamation  was  legally 
valid.  It  might  be  added  that  it  aided  only  those  who  came  into 
our  lines,  and  that  it  was  inoperative  as  to  those  who  did  not  give 
themselves  up  ;  or  that  it  would  have  no  effect  upon  the  children 
of  the  slaves  born  hereafter  ;  in  fact,  it  could  be  urged  that  it  did 
not  meet  the  evil.  But  this  amendment  is  a  king's  cure  for  all 
evils.     It  winds  the  whole  thing  up."* 

In  the  light  of  these  facts,  of  these  principles,  and  of  Mr.  Lin- 
coln's own  admissions,  it  would  seem  that  the  Emancipation  Procla- 
mation was  extra-constitutional — so  truly  outside  of  the  Constitu- 
tion that  it  required  an  amendment  to  the  Constitution  to  bring  the 
President's  engagements  and  promises  inside  of  the  Constitution. 
And  surely  it  will  not  be  pretended  that  the  President,  even  on  the 
plea  of  military  necessity,  has  a  right  to  originate  amendments  to 
the  Constitution,  or  to  wage  war  on  States  until  they  agree  to  adopt 
amendments  of  his  imposing.  This  would  be  to  "  theorize  with 
bayonets,  and  to  dogmatize  in  blood."  This  would  be  to  make  it 
competent  for  the  President  in  time  of  war  to  alter  the  fundamental 
law  of  the  land  by  pronunciamiento — a  mode  of  proceeding  which 
falls  not  only  outside  of  the  Constitution,  but  outside  of  the  United 
States — into  Mexico. 

The  Proclamation  fell  also  outside  of  the  jural  relations  of  slavery 
under  international  law.  Conceding  that  slaves,  in  time  of  war, 
are  known  under  international  law  only  as  persons,  we  still  have  to 
hold  that,  as  residents  of  "  enemy  territory,"  the  slaves  here  in  ques- 
tion were,  by  the  terms  of  that  code,  as  much  "  enemies "  of  the 

*  Raymond,  "  Life  and  State  Papers  of  Abraham  Lincoln,"  p.  646. 


TEE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION  183 

United  States  as  their  masters.*  But  the  Proclamation  treated 
them  as  friends  and  allies.  In  the  eye  of  municipal  law,  they  were 
property,  and  the  Proclamation  acknowledged  them  as  such  in  the 
act  of  declaring  them  free ;  but,  as  such,  they  were  confiscable  only 
by  due  process  of  law,  after  manucaption  ;  and,  whether  they  were 
confiscated  under  public  law,  or  under  sovereign  constitutional  law, 
would  simply  depend  on  the  nature  and  terms  of  the  confiscation 
act  adopted  by  Congress.  If  they  were  confiscated  as  "enemy 
property  "  in  order  to  weaken  the  enemy,  the  act  would  fall  under 
public  law.  If  they  were  confiscated  in  order  to  punish  the  treason 
of  their  owners,  whereof  such  owners  had  been  duly  convicted,  the 
act  would  fall  under  sovereign  constitutional  law.  But  the  Procla- 
mation assumed  to  confiscate  the  property  rights  of  the  slave-own- 
ers without  any  process  of  law  at  all ;  and  so  it  fell  as  much  outside 
of  public  law  as  it  fell  outside  of  constitutional  law  and  of  munici- 
pal law.  Nor  has  any  amendment  of  public  law  as  yet  brought 
within  the  sanctions  of  international  jurisprudence  the  pretension  of 
a  belligerent  to  alter  and  abolish,  by  proclamation,  the  political  and 
domestic  institutions  of  a  territory  within  which  he  has,  at  the  time, 
no  de  facto  power.  On  the  contrary,  the  pretension  is  traversed  by 
the  latest  codifications  of  international  law,f  and  by  the  latest  pub- 
lications of  our  own  State  Department.  J  And  hence  it  is  no  mat- 
ter of  surprise  that  the  first  international  lawyers  of  the  country, 
like  the  Honorable  William  Beach  Lawrence,  and  the  first  constitu- 
tional lawyers  of  the  country,  like  the  late  Benjamin  R.  Curtis,  have 
recorded  their  opinion  as  jurists  against  the  legality  of  the  Emanci- 
pation Proclamation. 

Lawyers,  as  Burke  said  at  the  beginning  of  the  American 
Revolution,  "have  their  strict  rule  to  go  by,"  and  they  must 
needs  be  true  to  their  profession,  but  "the  convulsions  of  a  great 
empire  are  not  fit  matter  of  discussion  under  a  commission  of 
Oyer  and  Terminer."  The  Emancipation  Proclamation  did  not 
draw  its  breath  in  the  serene  atmosphere  of  law.  It  was  born 
in  the  smoke  of  battle,  and  its  swaddling-bands  were  rolled  in 
blood.  It  was  in  every  sense  of  the  word  a  coup  diktat,  but  one 
which    the  nation  at  first    condoned,   and   then  ratified  by   an 

*  "  In  war,  all  residents  of  enemy  country  are  enemies." — Chief -Justice  Waite 
(2  Otto,  p.  194),  in  common  with  all  the  authorities. 

f  Bluntschli,  "  Das  Modern  Volkerreehts,"  p.  306.  (Lardy's  French  version  ob- 
scures and  misinterprets  the  text  of  the  original  on  this  point.) 

%  Cadwalader,  "  Digest,"  pp.  56,  57,  148,  151. 


184  TEE  NORTH  AMERICAN-  REVIEW. 

amendment  to  the  Constitution.  As  Mr.  Welles  says,  "  It  was  a 
despotic  act  in  the  cause  of  the  Union  " — an  act,  he  adds,  "  almost 
revolutionary,"  and  it  Was  almost  and  not  altogether  revolutionary, 
simply  because  it  fell  short  of  the  practical  and  legal  effects  at 
which  it  was  nominally  aimed.  It  was,  in  fact,  martial  law  applied 
to  a  question  of  politics  and  of  polity  ;  and  of  martial  law,  Sir 
Matthew  Hale  has  said  that  "  in  truth  and  reality  it  is  no  law  at 
all,  but  something  indulged."  If  we  would  look  for  its  fountain 
and  source,  we  must  look  to  an  institute  which  makes  small  account 
of  all  human  conventions  and  charters — the  lex  talionis.  The 
Proclamation  was  the  portentous  retaliatory  blow  of  a  belligerent 
brought  to  bay  in  a  death-grapple,  and  who  drops  his  "  elder-squirts 
charged  with  rose-water  "  (the  phrase  is  Mr.  Lincoln's),  that  he  may 
hurl  a  monstrous  hand-grenade,  charged  with  fulminating  powder, 
full  in  the  faces  of  the  foe.  The  phenomenon  is  as  old  as  the  his- 
tory of  civil  war  ;  and  because  he  saw  it  was  likely  to  reappear,  so 
long  as  human  nature  remains  the  same,  Thucydides  had  a  presage 
that  his  history  of  the  civil  war  between  Athens  and  Sparta  would 
be  "  a  possession  for  ever."  "  War,"  he  wrote,  "  is  a  violent  mas- 
ter, and  assimilates  the  tempers  of  most  men  to  the  condition  in 
which  it  places  them."  So  Cromwell,  in  the  hour  of  his  political 
agony,  exclaimed  against  "  the  pitiful,  beastly  notion  "  that  a  gov- 
ernment was  to  be  "  clamored  at  and  blattered  at,"  because  it  went 
beyond  law  in  time  of  storm  and  stress. 

And  there  is  something  worse  than  a  breach  of  the  Constitution. 
It  is  worse  to  lose  the  country  for  which  the  Constitution  was 
made  ;  but,  if  the  defense  of  the  Proclamation  can  be  rested  on 
this  ground,  the  fact  does  not  require  us  to  teach  for  doctrine  of 
law  that  which  is  outside  of  law  and  against  law.  Mr.  Jefferson 
held  the  Louisiana  purchase  to  be  extra-constitutional,  but  he  did 
not  try  to  bring  it  inside  of  the  Constitution  by  construction.  That 
he  left  to  others.  <  It  seems  a  waste  of  logic  to  argue  the  validity 
of  Mr.  Lincoln's  edict.  It  moved  above  law,  in  the  plane  of  state- 
craft. Not  that  its  author,  in  so  proceeding,  moved  on  the  moral 
plane  of  the  insurgents.  He  wrought  to  save,  they  to  destroy,  the 
Union.  Not  that  he  acted  in  malice,  for,  as  he  protested,  the  case 
"  was  too  vast  for  malicious  dealing."  And  not  that  he  clearly 
foresaw  the  end  of  his  step  from  its  beginning.  The  fateful  times 
in  which  he  acted  the  foremost  part  were  larger  than  any  of  the 
men  who  lived  in  them,  tall  and  commanding  as  is  the  figure  of  the 
benign  war  President,  and  the  events  then  moving  over  the  dial  of 


THE  EMANCIPATION  PROCLAMATION.  185 

history  were  grander  than  the  statesmen  or  soldiers  who  touched 

the  springs  that  made  them  move.     It  was  a  day  of  elemental  stir, 

and  the  ground  is  still  quaking  beneath  our  feet,  under  the  throes  \     «**  * 

and  convulsions  of  that  great  social  and  political  change  which  was 

first  definitely  foreshadowed  to  the  world  by  the  Emancipation 

Proclamation  of  Abraham  Lincoln. 

James  C.  Welling. 


RECENT  ENGLISH  BOOKS. 

I.  Sacred  Books  of  China  and  India. 
II.  Machiavelli  and  his  Times. 
III.  The  Home  of  the  Eddas. 

i. 

Now  that  the  chief  religions  of  the  East  have  become  the  theme 
of  frequent  allusion  and  comparison  in  current  literature,  it  is  time 
their  texts  should  be  accessible  to  the  mass  of  cultivated  persons 
through  the  medium  of  authentic  and  literal  translation.  Not,  of 
course,  that  the  perusal  of  a  fragment  of  Vedic  or  Confucian  lit- 
erature will  enable  us  to  form  an  independent  opinion,  but  it  will 
help  us  to  classify,  to  verify,  or  to  correct  our  derivative  impres- 
sions, and  to  discriminate  between  the  cautious,  qualified  affirm- 
ance of  the  scholar,  and  the  loose  or  disingenuous  assertions  of  the 
sciolist.  If  it  did  no  more  than  to  dislodge  the  misconceptions 
which  have  warped  our  current  notions  on  these  topics,  a  trust- 
worthy and  readable  version  of  the  leading  Oriental  classics  would 
be  of  signal  utility.  Some  of  these  fundamental  errors  have,  hith- 
erto, proved  difficult  to  extirpate.  It  is  common,  for  instance,  to 
hear  Confucius  spoken  of,  in  popular  lectures  and  polemical  writ- 
ings, as  an  inventor  or  innovator — as  if  he  had  propounded  a  new 
scheme  of  ethics  in  the  sense  that  Jesus  Christ  or  Mohammed  pro- 
pounded one.  The  truth  is,  that  he  originated  almost  nothing, 
being,  as  he  said  of  himself,  a  transmitter  and  not  a  maker.  So, 
too,  we  find  persons,  who  would  be  incapable  of  blunders  in  con- 
nection with  the  religious  systems  of  Greece  or  Rome,  referring  to 
the  Zoroastrians  as  fire-worshipers,  whereas  the  true  followers  of 
Zoroaster  abhor  that  very  name.  Again,  the  religious  notion  of  sin  is 
repeatedly  alleged  to  be  wanting  in  the  "  Rig- Veda,"  and  important 
conclusions  are  based  on  this  supposed  fact ;  yet  the  gradual  growth 
of  the  concept  of  guilt  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  lessons  of  those 


REGENT  ENGLISH  BOOKS.  187 

ancient  hymns.  Those,  moreover,  who  imagine  that  the  Brahmans, 
like  Roman  Catholic  priests,  keep  their  sacred  books  from  the  peo- 
ple, will  doubtless  profit  by  the  opportunity  of  reading  the  many 
passages  in  the  Brahmanas,  the  Sutras,  and  even  in  the  laws  of  Manu, 
where  the  duty  of  learning  the  Veda  by  heart  is  inculcated  for  every 
Hindoo  above  the  grade  of  Sudra. 

The  publication  of  the  series  of  translations  projected  three  years 
ago,  by  Max  Mtiller  in  conjunction  with  a  large  number  of  Oriental 
scholars,  has  at  last  been  begun,  and  we  are  now  able  to  forecast 
the  scope  and  method  of  the  undertaking.  The  scheme  contem- 
plates a  conspectus  of  the  six  so-called  book-religions,  exhibiting 
the  most  important  writings  of  the  Brahmans,  the  Buddhists,  the 
Zoroastrians,  the  followers  of  Confucius,  of  Lao-tze,  and  of  Mo- 
hammed. The  versions  are  to  be  made  from  the  original  texts,  or, 
where  good  translations  exist  already,  these  will  be  subjected  to 
careful  and  competent  revision.  As  regards  the  principle  control- 
ling the  execution  of  the  work,  the  capital  aim  will  be  a  severe  lit- 
eralness,  so  far  as  such  a  result  can  be  compassed  in  the  case  of 
texts  three  thousand  years  old.  Wherever  old  thought  can  not  be 
transmuted  into  modern  speech  without  violence  to  one  or  the  other, 
our  idiom,  rather  than  the  truth,  is  to  be  sacrificed,  and  the  reader, 
therefore,  must  expect  to  encounter  some  ruggedness  of  expression. 
What  is  of  decisive  moment,  the  translators  engage  to  refrain  from 
those  curtailments  and  embellishments  in  which  the  eulogists  of 
these  early  literary  records  have  too  often  indulged  themselves.  It 
will  doubtless  require  an  effort  to  spoil  a  beautiful  sentence  by  a 
few  discordant  words,  which  might  easily  be  expunged,  but,  if  they 
are  there  in  the  original,  they  must  be  taken  into  account,  quite  as 
much  as  the  pointed  ears  in  the  beautiful  Faun  of  the  Capitol.  We 
want  to  know  the  ancient  religions  as  they  really  were,  not  their 
wisdom  only,  but  their  folly  also — in  a  word,  we  want  the  whole 
truth,  whether  it  makes  for  Christianity  or  for  the  atheistic  philos- 
ophy on  whose  side  so  many  philologists  have,  more  or  less  avow- 
edly, been  ranged.  In  such  an  arsenal  it  may  be  that  thinkers  of  all 
schools  will  find  weapons,  and  certainly  all  will  approve  the  purpose 
and  pledge  of  these  translators  to  suppress  nothing  and  varnish 
nothing,  however  hard  it  seems  to  write  it  down. 

Of  the  initial  ventures  in  this  series,  two  are  now  before  us,  the 
first  being  a  translation  by  Max  Miiller  of  the  TTpanishads,*  which 

*  Sacred  Books  of  the  East,  edited  by  Max  Miiller.     Vol.  I.  TJpanishads.     Ox- 
ford :  Clarendon  Press. 


188  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

are,  we  need  not  say,  theosophic  treatises  of  superlative  interest 
and  beauty.  In  no  way  could  the  general  reader  be  more  happily 
introduced  to  the  sacred  books  of  India.  Undoubtedly  these  philo- 
sophical expositions  are  much  later  in  point  of  time  than  the  hymns 
and  the  liturgical  books  of  the  Yeda.  They  fulfill  the  educational 
function  of  a  catechism  and  a  commentary.  They  contain  the  in- 
most kernel  and  vital  spirit  of  the  Yeda,  being  to  the  Samhitas 
and  the  Brahmanas  what  the  so-called  Proverbs  of  Solomon  are  to 
the  Psalms  and  the  Levitical  books  of  the  Hebrews.  It  was  for 
this  reason  that  Rammohun  Roy,  the  modern  Hindoo  reformer, 
translated  the  Upanishads  in  preference  to  the  earlier  documents, 
pointing  out  that  the  adoration  of  an  invisible  Supreme  Being  was 
exclusively  prescribed  by  these  treatises,  and  by  the  so-called  Ye- 
danta.  Another  fact  will  be  likely  to  have  more  weight  with  Amer- 
ican readers,  viz.,  that  one  of  the  most  honest  thinkers  and  speakers 
of  our  time,  Schopenhauer,  has  proclaimed  his  own  philosophy  to 
be  powerfully  impregnated  by  the  fundamental  doctrines  of  the 
Upanishads.  He  declares  the  access  to  this  compendium  of  the 
Yedic  philosophy  the  greatest  privilege  which  this  century  may 
claim  over  previous  ages.  "  How  does  every  line,"  he  writes,  "  dis- 
play its  firm,  definite,  and  throughout  harmonious  meaning  !  From 
every  sentence,  deep,  original,  and  sublime  thoughts  arise,  and  the 
whole  is  pervaded  by  a  high  and  holy  and  earnest  spirit.  Indian 
air  surrounds  us,  and  the  unborrowed  thoughts  of  kindred  spirits. 
And  oh,  how  thoroughly  is  the  mind  here  washed  clean  of  all  early, 
ingrafted  Jewish  superstitions,  and  of  all  philosophy  that  cringes 
before  them  !  In  the  whole  world,  there  is  no  study  so  beneficial 
and  so  elevating.  It  has  been  the  solace  of  my  life,  it  will  be  the 
solace  of  my  death."  Schopenhauer  was  the  last  man  in  the  world 
to  be  suspected  of  any  natural  predilection  for  Indian  mysticism, 
and  we  know  of  nothing  better  calculated  than  his  rapturous  lan- 
guage about  the  Upanishads  to  secure  a  considerate  reception  for 
these  relics  of  ancient  wisdom. 

An  introduction  to  the  Confucian  literature  is  contributed  to 
this  series  by  the  well-known  sinologue,  James  Legge,  in  the  shape 
of  a  translation  of  the  Shu  King,  the  religious  portions  of  the 
Shih  King,  and  the  Hsiao  King.  *  Of  the  five  great  "  Kings " 
or  classics  recognized  by  his  followers  we  owe  but  one  to  Confucius 
himself,  and  this,  which  he  called  the  "  Spring  and  Autumn  "  (a 

*  Sacred  Books  of  the  East,  edited  by  Max  Miiller.     Vol.  III.     The  Shu  King, 
Shih  King,  and  Hsiao  King,  translated  by  James  Legge.     Oxford  :  Clarendon  Press. 


4. 


REGENT  ENGLISH  BOOKS.  189 

brief  chronicle  of  the  annals  of  his  native  state),  does  not  figure  in 
the  present  volume.  We  have,  however,  in  the  Hsiao  King,  or 
Classic  of  Filial  Piety,  a  short,  ethical  treatise  which  has  come 
down  to  us — not  like  the  historical  compend  just  named,  as  directly 
from  the  pencil  of  the  sage — but  in  the  form  of  conversations  be- 
tween him  and  a  disciple,  precisely  as  the  utterances  of  Socrates 
are  preserved  in  Xenophon's  "  Memorabilia."  Merely  noting  that 
this  tract  is  commonly  regarded  as  an  attempt  to  construct  a  re- 
ligion on  the  basis  of  the  cardinal  virtue  of  filial  piety,  we  pass  at 
once  to  the  most  important  work  here  printed,  and  that  is  the  book 
of  historical  documents  called  the  Shu,  and  since  the  period  of  the 
Han  dynasty,  when  they  were  officially  stamped  as  classic,  the  Shu 
King.  Here  we  have,  not  even  a  compilation,  much  less  a  com- 
position of  Confucius,  but  a  part  of  the  text-books  which  he  had 
before  his  eyes,  and  to  whose  exposition  he  addressed  himself  with 
reverential  self-effacement.  We  can  perhaps  gain  an  approximative 
idea  of  the  attitude  of  Confucius,  and  of  the  movement  to  which 
he  gave  a  controlling  and  abiding  impulse,  by  conceiving  his  epoch 
as  a  kind  of  Chinese  Renaissance.  The  dynasty  of  Kau,  toward 
the  close  of  which  he  lived,  had  witnessed  the  break-up  of  the  old 
centralization  and  all  the  disintegrating  influences  of  a  loosely  or- 
ganized feudality,  which  curiously  prefigured  the  state  of  things 
in  the  Europe  of  the  middle  ages.  Amid  the  fast-crumbling  ves- 
tiges of  a  superior  civilization,  men  like  Confucius  looked  back 
to  the  laws  and  precedents,  the  ethics  and  the  manners  belonging 
to  the  powerful  and  brilliant  dynasties  of  Hsia  and  Shang,  very 
much  as  scholars  and  thinkers  in  fifteenth-century  Italy  fixed  their 
eyes  upon  Greek  culture  and  the  Roman  jurisprudence.  To  nei- 
ther could  invention  seem  other  than  impertinence,  whereas  rescue 
and  reproduction  were  the  paramount  duties  of  the  hour.  Ac- 
cordingly, we  find  that  Confucius  made  it  an  invariable  rule  never 
to  affirm  or  relate  anything  for  which  he  could  not  adduce  some 
document  of  acknowledged  authority.  Still  another  analogy  may 
be  noted.  It  was  a  profane  and  not  a  sacred  literature  and  science 
to  which  the  men  of  the  Renaissance  turned  back  for  guidance  and 
enlightenment.  Neither  did  the  ancient  books  of  China,  to  which 
Confucius  incessantly  directed  the  attention  of  his  disciples,  profess 
to  have  been  inspired,  or  to  contain  what  we  should  call  a  revela- 
tion. In  them,  as  in  the  surviving  records  of  Greece  and  Rome,  we 
find  that  historians,  poets,  and  legislators  wrote — without  any  claim 
to  supernatural  prompting — as  they  were  moved  in  their  own  minds. 


190  THE  NORTE  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

In  the  one  case,  however,  as  in  the  other,  the  student  may  fashion 
for  himself,  from  the  numerous  references  to  religious  views  and 
practices,  an  outline  of  the  early  faith  and  ritual  of  the  people. 

The  Shu  has  come  down  to  us  in  a  mutilated  condition,  and, 
even  as  it  existed  in  the  time  of  Confucius,  it  did  not  profess  to  offer 
a  consecutive  history  of  China,  but  was  simply  a  collection  of  dis- 
connected historical  memorials.  Its  surviving  documents  are  re- 
ferred to  various  dates,  ranging  from  about  b.  c.  2357  to  b.  c.  627. 
There  seems  to  be  no  difference  of  opinion  among  competent  sino- 
logues as  to  the  sufficiency  of  the  proof  of  the  composition  in  very 
ancient  times  of  the  contents  of  this  classic.  Dr.  Legge  can  find 
no  reason  for  rejecting  the  affirmance  of  the  native  Chinese  scholars 
that  a  compilation  of  documents  began  immediately  with  the  in- 
vention of  written  characters,  and  that  the  latter  event  could  have 
occurred  no  later  than  the  time  of  Hwang  Ti  (b.  c.  2697).  As  is 
well  known,  many  of  the  dates  have  been  verified  by  the  solar 
eclipses  recorded  in  the  text.  It  is  true  that  one  remarkable  piece 
of  evidence,  on  which  great  stress  used  to  be  laid,  seems  for  the 
present  unavailable.  We  refer  to  the  solar  eclipse,  mentioned  in  the 
fourth  of  the  Books  of  Hsia  as  having  occurred  in  the  reign  of 
Kung  Khang.  It  was  discovered  by  P.  Gaubil  that  such  an  event 
did  actually  occur  in  b.  c.  2156  (which,  according  to  Chinese  chro- 
nology, would  be  the  fifth  year  of  that  monarch),  and  was  visible  at 
his  capital  at  6h-  49'  a.  m.  Subsequently,  however,  two  astronomers 
went  over  these  calculations  with  the  help  of  improved  lunar  and 
solar  tables,  and  found  that  there  was  indeed  an  eclipse  on  the  day 
stated,  but  before  the  rising  of  the  sun,  at  the  then  capital  of  China. 
If,  however,  the  reader  will  turn  to  the  translation  of  the  ancient 
document  in  this  volume,  he  will  find  that  the  particular  year  is  not 
mentioned  (though  it  is  implied  that  the  event  took  place  early  in 
the  reign),  and  that  nothing  whatever  is  said  about  the  eclipse  being 
visible  at  the  capital.  We  need  not,  therefore,  give  up  the  hope 
that  with  the  further  perfecting  of  the  lunar  tables  the  alleged 
eclipse  may  be  identified.  The  exactness  of  the  date  ascribed  to 
another  and  still  earlier  document  seems  to  be  indisputably  estab- 
lished. According  to  the  Chinese  historians,  the  Emperor  Yao  be- 
gan to  reign  b.  c.  2357,  and  in  the  so-called  "  Canon  of  Yao,"  with 
which  the  Shu  King  begins,  that  personage  gives  directions  to  his 
astronomers  how  to  determine  the  equinoxes  and  solstices.  He 
names  the  stars  which  then  culminated  at  dusk  in  China  at  the 
equinoctial  and  solstitial  seasons,  and  European  astronomers,  com- 


REGENT  ENGLISH  BOOKS.  191 

puting  backward  the  places  of  the  constellations,  have  found  in  the 
directions  a  sufficient  confirmation  of  the  received  date  for  Yao's 
accession.  It  is  certain  that  the  directions  could  not  have  been 
forged  in  relatively  modern  times.  The  precession  of  the  equinoxes 
was  not  known  in  China  until  more  than  twenty-five  hundred  years 
after  the  time  assigned  to  Yao,  so  that  the  culminating  stars  at  the 
equinoxes  and  solstices  of  his  remote  period  could  not  have  been 
computed  back  scientifically  from  the  epoch  of  Confucius,  when  we 
know  the  collection  of  the  Shu  existed.  Very  likely  the  text  in  its 
present  form  may  not  be  contemporaneous  with  the  alleged  dates, 
but  its  compiler  must  have  had  before  him  ancient  records,  one  of 
them  containing  the  facts  about  the  culminating  of  the  stars. 

Among  the  documents  here  translated,  which  will  be  scanned 
with  peculiar  interest,  is  the  so-called  "Tribute  of  Yu,"  which, if  we 
could  fully  credit  it,  would  constitute  a  sort  of  domesday-book  of 
China  in  the  twenty-third  century  b.  c.  According  to  some  sino- 
logues, we  should  recognize  in  the  statements  of  the  narrative  an 
organized  exploration  and  colonization  of  the  outlying  parts  of  the 
Chinese  world.  Another  remarkable  document  is  entitled  "Lti's 
Punishments,"  and  sets  forth  the  Chinese  penal  code,  as  it  was  for- 
mulated in  the  tenth  century  b.  c.  At  this  time  the  principle  of 
accepting  a  money  commutation  for  punishments  was  first  intro- 
duced, and  this  is  one  of  the  many  signs  that  the  epoch  covered  by 
the  feudal  dynasty  of  K&u  was  a  period  of  decided  deterioration 
and  collapse.  In  the  so-called  "  Great  Plan  "  we  have  the  original 
groundwork  of  the  Confucian  philosophy,  this  treatise — to  whose 
substance,  by  the  way,  a  great  antiquity  is  ascribed — dealing  at 
once  with  physics,  astrology,  divination,  morals,  politics,  and  re- 
ligion. In  the  "  Announcement  about  Drunkenness  "  will  be  found 
some  curious  data  bearing  on  the  use  of  alcoholic  compounds  in 
ancient  China.  It  is  a  question  whether  the  term  Kiu,  here  em- 
ployed, means  wine,  or  beer,  or  ardent  spirits.  Dr.  Legge,  how- 
ever, has  no  doubt  that  the  latter  translation  is  correct.  He  affirms 
that  the  grape  was  not  introduced  into  China  before  the  time  of 
the  first  Han  (b.  c.  202),  and  he  can  find  no  evidence  that  malt 
liquors  have  ever  been  made  there,  whereas  the  process  of  distilla- 
tion from  rice  is  mentioned  four  centuries  after  the  death  of  Con- 
fucius, and  its  invention  attributed  to  the  twenty-third  century. 
Another  interesting  document  is  called  "  The  Metal-bound  Coffer," 
and  recounts  a  pleasing  episode  in  the  history  of  the  Kau  dynasty. 
The  hero  of  the  narrative  is  the  Duke  of  Kau,  a  name  in  Chinese 


192  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

history  only  second  to  that  of  Confucius.  The  latter  held  his 
memory  in  peculiar  reverence,  and  spoke  of  it  as  a  sign  of  his  own 
failing  powers,  that  the  Duke  of  Kau  no  longer  appeared  to  him  in 
his  dreams. 

This  version  of  the  Shu  is  substantially  the  same  as  that  in 
Dr.  Legge's  large  edition  of  the  Chinese  classics,  although  it  has 
been  written  out  afresh,  and  with  the  assistance  of  a  much  larger 
apparatus  of  native  commentaries.  Among  the  few  verbal  altera- 
tions only  one  merits  notice.  This  is  the  substitution  of  the  un- 
translated Chinese  character  Ti  (formerly  rendered  Emperor)  when 
applied  to  the  ancient  monarchs  Yao  and  Shun.  Ti  was  originally 
used  in  the  sense  of  God,  but  came,  it  appears,  by  a  process  of  dei- 
fication, to  be  given  to  the  great  names,  fabulous  and  legendary,  of 
antiquity.  The  first  entirely  historical  sovereign  of  China  who 
used  the  title  of  Hwang  Ti  (august  Deity — "  uniter  of  the  virtues 
of  the  Hwangs  and  of  the  Tis  ")  was  the  founder  of  the  revolu- 
tionary Khin  dynasty,  who  made  a  strenuous  and  wellnigh  effectual 
attempt  to  destroy  by  fire  all  the  documents  and  expository  litera- 
ture on  which  the  old  order  rested.  He  assumed  the  title  in  b.  c. 
221,  when  he  had  subjugated  all  the  vassal  states  into  which  the 
feudal  kingdom  of  Kau  had  become  divided,  and  was  instituting 
the  despotic  empire  that  has  since  subsisted.  After  the  lapse  of 
two  thousand  years,  it  may  well  be  that  the  title  Hwang  Ti,  ap- 
plied by  a  Chinese  to  the  present  Emperor,  no  longer  calls  up  to  his 
mind  any  other  idea  than  that  of  a  human  ruler.  Like  the  name 
of  Kaiser  to  German  ears,  it  has  wholly  lost  its  primitive  associa- 
tions. 

ii. 

In  the  floating  impressions  which  make  up  the  popular  concep- 
tion of  the  man,  Machiavelli's  name  is  still  synonymous  with  a  sin- 
ister duplicity,  while  those  who  have  climbed  the  hill  of  learning 
high  enough  to  read  and  remember  Macaulay's  essay,  rather  pique 
themselves  on  rejecting  the  current  opinion,  and  see  in  the  vili- 
pended Florentine  a  well-meaning  public  servant  who,  by  way  of 
irony  and  satire,  composed  a  clever  tour  de  force.  It  turns  out  that 
the  common  notion,  transmitted  as  it  is  from  the  instinctive  repul- 
sion of  Machiavelli's  fellow  citizens,  is  correct,  after  all.  We  know 
more  about  the  man,  and  a  great  deal  more  about  the  times,  than 
could  be  easily  ascertained  when  Macaulay  propounded  his  ingenious 
paradox.  It  is  safe  to  say  that  the  bulk  of  documentary  evidence 
and  the  whole  apparatus  of  elucidation  bearing  on  the  Italian  Re- 


REGENT  ENGLISH  BOOKS.  193 

naissance  have  been  multiplied  a  hundred-fold  within  the  past  thirty- 
years.  Burckhardt's  book  alone,  for  instance,  contains  more  infor- 
mation than  could  have  been  gleaned  by  the  most  painstaking  Eng- 
lish student  of  the  last  generation,  and  the  works  of  other  original 
investigators  in  the  same  field  almost  require  a  catalogue.  Each 
has  had  something  to  say  about  Machiavelli,  either  in  deliberate 
judgment  or  in  cursory  allusion,  and  a  substantial  unanimity  has 
characterized  their  verdicts.  Machiavelli  was  indeed  a  bad  man, 
not  because  his  life  was  vicious,  but  because  he  recognized  no  duty, 
and  no  beauty  in  virtue.  He  was  detestable,  not  so  much  for  any- 
thing he  did,  but  for  what  he  pronounced  it  right  to  do.  In  his 
practice  he  moved  rather  above  than  below  the  normal  level  of  his 
age,  but  he  fully  shared  its  principles;  and,  because  he  did  not  hesi- 
tate to  formulate  them  scientifically,  the  sins  of  an  epoch  are  not 
unreasonably  associated  with  his  name.  Even  his  fellow  burghers 
of  Florence,  who  could  hardly  have  been  shocked  by  any  concrete 
instance  of  depravity,  were  stung  to  indignation  by  the  flagrant  pur- 
port of  his  doctrines.  The  men  of  the  Renaissance  beheld,  so  to 
speak,  their  own  faces  in  a  mirror,  and  they  recoiled  with  loathing. 
The  Church  had  made  a  Borgia  Pope — that  fact  it  could  not  efface, 
but  it  could  testify  to  the  poignancy  of  its  self-reproach,  and  its  ab- 
horrence of  the  Borgian  statecraft,  by  anathematizing  its  expounder 
and  condemning  its  atrocious  formulas  to  be  burned  by  the  com- 
mon hangman. 

Of  Professor  Villari's  biography  *  only  two  volumes  have  ap- 
peared, and  they  bring  us  no  further  than  to  the  time  when  Machia- 
velli ceased  to  be  the  Secretary  of  the  Ten — when,  in  other  words, 
his  official  career  ended,  and  his  literary  achievements  began.  The 
first  of  these  volumes  is  wholly  devoted  to  a  survey  of  the  time, 
and,  although  a  version  of  Burckhardt's  book  is  now  accessible  to 
English  readers,  this,  too,  may  be  commended  as  an  interesting  and 
admirable  picture.  In  the  sketch  of  Machiavelli's  early  years,  do- 
mestic relations,  and  diplomatic  functions,  which  occupies  the  sec- 
ond volume,  we  can  see  that  his  new  biographer  is  neither  accuser 
nor  apologist.  His  sober,  incisive  judgment  is  no  more  warped  by 
a  horror  of  his  subject's  principles,  or,  on  the  other  hand,  by  a  sym- 
pathetic reaction  from  the  verdict  of  posterity,  than  would  be  that 
of  a  physicist  scanning  some  morbid  outgrowth  of  the  animal  econ- 

*  Niccold  Machiavelli  and  his  Times,  by  Professor  Pasquale  Yillari,  translated  by 
Linda  Villari.    Vols.  I.  and  II.    London :  0.  Kegan  Paul  &  Co. 


194  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

omy  whose  ante-natal  and  environing  conditions  were  exhaustively 
known.  He  has  scrutinized  his  subject's  life,  his  surroundings,  and 
his  writings,  in  order  to  know  and  describe  the  man  precisely  as  he 
was,  with  all  his  merits  and  demerits,  his  vices  and  his  engaging 
qualities.  The  biographer  is  not  one  of  those  who  think  a  problem- 
atic character  may  be  solved  by  the  glib  statement  that  he  bore  the 
imprint  of  his  age  and  disclosed  it  in  his  writings,  for,  after  all,  the 
capital  question  is,  How  came  Machiavelli  to  be  the  only  man  of  his 
time  who  ventured  to  formulate  principles  which,  however  generally 
practiced,  were  certainly  not  avowed  ?  Here  we  detect  the  contri- 
bution of  hereditary  proclivities  and  energies,  the  pressure  of  indi- 
vidual character.  The  truth  is,  that  in  a  century  there  is  space  for 
many  men,  many  ideas,  many  different  iniquities  and  different  vir- 
tues, and  it  is  the  nice  admeasurement  of  social  and  individual  fac- 
tors, the  equation,  so  to  speak,  of  the  epoch  and  the  personality, 
which  is  the  business  of  the  historian. 

From  Professor  Villari's  appreciation  of  the  graphic  dispatches 
penned  by  the  subject  of  these  volumes  during  his  diplomatic  career, 
we  can  forecast  the  acumen,  the  breadth  of  view,  and  the  candor 
with  which  Machiavelli's  literary  achievements  will,  by  and  by,  be 
discussed  by  his  present  biographer.  If  he  accuses  the  Florentine 
philosopher  of  wanting  a  moral  sense,  he  will,  no  doubt,  charge 
the  fault  in  some  measure  on  the  atmosphere  which  he  breathed, 
on  an  age  which  knew  no  sanctions,  had  lost  its  standards,  and 
had  not  even  the  cold  comfort  and  slender  help  derivable  from 
our  inchoate  science  of  altruistic  ethics.  But  he  will  not  exoner- 
ate his  subject  upon  that  plea.  He  will  recognize,  meanwhile,  in 
Machiavelli  a  wonderfully  agile  and  penetrating  intellect,  the  habit 
of  patient  and  accurate  observation,  and  the  command  of  a  sinewy 
and  pellucid  style.  It  is  clear,  too,  that  Professor  Villari  will  give 
him  his  veritable  rank  as  one  of  the  founders  of  the  new  historical 
method,  as  one  of  the  first  men  to  discern  that  social  phenomena 
must  be  studied  quite  apart  from  theological  theories,  and  that  there 
are  unvarying,  omnipresent  laws  of  human  action. 

in. 

It  is  noteworthy  how  large  an  infusion  of  Scandinavian  legend 
and  rhapsody  has  entered  into  the  common  fund  of  knowledge, 
shared  by  cultivated  persons,  through  version,  or  paraphrase,  dur- 
ing the  past  quarter  of  a  century.     Even  those  who  can  not  read  the 


RECENT  ENGLISH  BOOKS.  195 

Skald  poetry  in  the  Norse  tongue  are  by  this  time  keenly  alive  to 
the  import  and  the  charm  of  that  North-Gothic  mythology  which 
equals  in  beauty  and  interest,  and  in  some  respects  excels,  that  of 
ancient  Greece  and  Rome.  Such  fragmentary  and  vagrant  acquaint- 
ance with  a  romantic  literature  needs,  however,  for  due  insight  and 
sympathy,  to  be  localized,  so  to  speak — to  be  identified  with  the 
place,  the  scenery,  and  the  atmosphere  in  which  it  was  evolved. 
If  we  would  catch,  through  the  dense  and  inelastic  medium  of 
translation,  some  faint  and  fugitive  echo  of  Scandinavian  min- 
strels, if  we  would  seize  at  least  the  spirit  of  their  song,  we  must 
be  able  to  conceive  them  in  their  works  and  lives,  must  be  helped 
to  reproduce  in  fancy  "  The  Home  of  the  Eddas."  *  It  is  pre- 
cisely this  which  Mr.  Lock  has  sought  to  do  for  us  in  the  record 
of  his  sojourn  for  twelve  full  months  in  Iceland.  The  distinc- 
tive merit  of  his  narrative  is  not  an  obvious  utility  to  the  future 
tourist,  although  the  hints  and  counsels  are  minute  and  copious,  nor 
the  crisp  and  lively  sketches  of  social  intercourse  and  housekeeping 
practiced  amid  the  harsh  conditions  of  an  Arctic  climate,  but  the 
patience  with  which  it  traces  myth  and  legend  to  their  birthplace, 
and  the  felicity  with  which  he  detects,  beneath  the  crust  of  physical 
transformation  and  social  decline,  the  Iceland  of  the  Norse  heroic 
age.  This  task  of  local  identification  and  resurrection  he  has  been 
enabled  to  carry  out  through  his  indefatigable  industry  and  fervid 
enthusiasm  for  the  persons  and  the  scenes  of  Scandinavian  story. 
What  was  equally  essential  to  success,  he  is  saturated  with  an  eru- 
dition which,  so  far  as  we  can  judge,  is  accurate,  and  which  cer- 
tainly infects  the  reader  with  a  touch  of  the  author's  relish. 

Interesting  and  suggestive  of  profound  social  metamorphosis  is 
the  author's  comparison  of  ancient  with  modern  Icelandic  architec- 
ture. All  the  heathen  Scandinavian  buildings  were  of  timber,  lined 
with  paneling  inside,  and  the  interstices  packed  with  dry  moss  to 
keep  out  the  piercing  draughts.  These  houses  were  spacious,  com- 
prising a  number  of  apartments,  including  a  bath-room — to  which 
there  is,  at  present,  no  equivalent  in  Iceland — and  all  of  the  rooms 
were  then  provided  with  fireplaces,  the  early  colonists  having  no 
lack  of  fuel.  Now,  on  the  other  hand,  recourse  is  had  by  builders 
to  lava-blocks  and  turf-sods,  for,  except  among  the  Danish  settlers, 
and  a  few  government  houses,  there  are  not  a  dozen  timber-framed 

*  The  Home  of  the  Eddas,  by  C.  G.  W.  Lock.  London :  Sampson  Low,  Mars- 
ton  &  Co. 


196  THE  NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW. 

dwellings  in  the  country.  The  old  hall,  with  its  broad  spaces  and 
lofty  rafters,  has  shrunk  into  a  hovel  of  turf,  on  whose  small  stone 
hearth  a  peat-fire  is  lighted  at  rare  intervals  for  cooking  purposes 
alone.  To  the  destruction  of  the  Icelandic  woods  or  shaws,  Mr. 
Lock,  like  all  other  writers  on  the  subject,  attributes  almost  all  the 
evil  that  has  befallen  the  island  and  her  sons. 

M.  W.  Hazeltine. 


NORTH   AMERICAN   REVIEW   ADVERTISER. 


All  applications  for  or  information  in  reference  to  Advertising:  in  "  THE 
NORTH  AMERICAN  REVIEW  "  must  be  addressed  to  HENRY  W.  aiTIN, 
Advertising:  Department,  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  549  &  551  Broadway,  N.  Y. 


-Designed  to  furnish  instruction 


Thayer  Academy,  Braintree,  Mass. 

•*  °  '  7  of  the  highest  order  m  Enghsh, 

Modern  Languages,  and  the  Classics ;  fitting  boys  for  the  best  colleges,  and  girls  for  the  Harvard 
examinations  and  colleges  for  women.    Address  J.  B.  Sew  all,  Head-Master,  South  Braintree,  Mass. 


VITALIZED    PHOSPHATES, 

I 
Composed  of  the  Nerve-giving  Principles  op  the  Ox-Brain  and  Wheat-Germ. 

Physicians  have  prescribed  193,420  packages  with  the  best  results  in  all  forms  of 
impaired  vitality,  mental  exhaustion,  or  weakened  digestion.  It  is  the  best  preventive 
of  Consumption  and  all  diseases  of  debility.  It  gives  strength,  rest,  and  sleep,  by 
feeding  the  brain  and  nerves.  It  acts  by  feeding  the  brain  with  its  necessary  food, 
not  as  a  medicine.     For  sale  by  Druggists. 

F.    CROSBY,  666  SIXTH  A.VENTTJE,  NEW  TOMJK. 


GREAT    SINGERS: 

FAUSTINA  B0RD0NI  TO  HENRIETTA  SONTAG. 
By  GEORGE  T.  FERRIS, 

Author  of  "  The  Great  German  Composers,"  "  The  Great  Italian  and  French  Composers,"  etc. 


SUMMARY  OF  CONTENTS. 
FAUSTINA  BORDONI,  CUZZONI,  FARINELLI,  Etc. 
CATARLNI  GABRIELLI,  CAFFARELLI,  PACCHIEROTTI,  Etc 
SOPHIE  ARNOULD,  MADAME  ST.  HUBERTY,  THE  VESTRISES,  Etc. 
ELIZABETH  RILLINGTON,  MARA,  GRASSINI,  Etc 
ANGELICA  CATALANI,  JOHN  BRAHAM,  THE  DAVIDES,  Etc 
GIUDITTA  PASTA,  HENRIETTA  SONTAG,  Etc 

"  Great  Singers  "  will  be  followed  shortly  by  a  companion  volume,  entitled  "  Later 
Great  Singers :  from  Malibran  to  Titiens." 

One  vol.,  18mo.      (Forming  No.  48  of  Appletons'    "New  Handy-Volume  Se- 
ries. ")     In  paper  cover,  price,  30  cents ;  cloth,  60  cents. 


For  sale  by  all  booksellers ;  or  sent,  post-paid,  to  any  address  in  the  United  States, 
on  receipt  of  price. 

D.  APPLETON  &  CO.,  Publishers,  New  York. 


NORTH    AMERICAN    REVIEW    ADVERTISER. 


THE    RUSSIAN   ARMY, 


Campaigns  in  Turkey  in  1877-78. 

By    F.     V.    GREENE, 

First  Lieutenant  in  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,  and  lately  Military  Attache  to  the  U.  S. 

Legation  at  St.  Petersburg. 

One  vol.,  8vo.     Cloth.     With  Atlas  containing  26  Plates  of  Maps,  Plans,  etc.,  printed 
(with  a  few  exceptions)  in  colors.   Price,  $6.00. 


Extract  from  a  Letter  of  General  SHERMAN  to  Lieutenant  GREENE. 

"  The  first  part,  which  treats  of  the  Russian  military  establishment,  ...  is,  in  my 
judgment,  more  comprehensive  and  satisfactory  than  any  other  I  have  heretofore  seen  in 
print.  .  .  . 

"The  second  part,  'Campaign  in  Bulgaria,'  is,  however,  the  most  vital  and  interesting 
to  the  general  reader,  because  you  were  on  the  spot,  saw  with  your  own  eyes,  and  there- 
fore described  localities  and  events  as  none  can  save  an  eye-witness.  .  .  .  These 
movements  are  given  with  sufficient  precision,  and  with  such  lifelike  reality,  that  I  com- 
mend this  part  especially  to  the  perusal  of  every  gentleman  of  liberal  education.  .  .  . 

"  The  third  part,  '  Campaign  in  Armenia,'  is  evidently  compiled  by  you  from  authentic 
and  official  sources,  is  very  much  condensed,  and  yet  is  sufficiently  graphic.  .  .  . 

"  The  fourth  and  last  part  contains  your  '  Conclusions,'  or  lessons  established  by  these 
campaigns.  To  this  part,  which  is  purely  professional,  I  shall  invite  the  close  study  and 
attention  of  our  military  schools,  and  of  the  army  generally,  as  well  as  the  militia  and 
volunteers  of  our  country,  who  should  keep  up  with  the  progress  of  military  science. 

" ....  In  conclusion,  I  assure  you  of  my  perfect  satisfaction  at  the  manner  in  which 
you  have  fulfilled  an  important  public  duty. 


"  Truly  your  friend, 


W.  T.  Sherman,  General." 


From  Count  HEYDEN", 

Chief  of  Staff  of  the  Rnssiau  Army. 

"  It  is  my  agreeable  duty  to  inform  you 

that  the  Russian  press  has  been  unanimous 

in  saluting  the   appearance  of  your  work 

with  its  entire  approbation." 


From  Captain  KORWAN, 

Professor  in  the  Military  School  at  Metz. 

"  The  German  army  welcomes  your  work. 
Would  you  kindly  permit  me  to  translate  it? 
Your  permission  would  enable  me  to  render 
a  great  service  to  the  German  army." 


OPINIONS    OE    THE    PRESS. 


"  The  work  will  be  invaluable,  not  only  to 
professional  soldiers,  but  equally  to  all  readers 
who  wish  to  make  anything  like  a  close  study 
of  the  operations  of  the  war."— N.  T.  Ev^g  Post. 

"  The  wisdom  of  the  WarDepartmentofflcials 
in  selecting  Lieutenant  Greene,  an  officer  of  en- 
gineers, to  observe  the  military  operations  on 
the  Russian  side  in  the  late  war,  has  been  fully 
demonstrated  by  this  admirable  book,  alike  val- 
uable to  the  professional  soldier  and  interesting 
to  the  general  reader.  It  is  not  taking  any  risks 
to  predict  that  Lieutenant  Greene's  book  will  be 
immediately  and  widely  recognized  as  one  of  the 
most  valuable  works  of  its  class,  clear  and  im- 
partial as  a  record  of  events,  and  comprehensive 
and  accurate  in  its  information  upon  the  military 
power  and  organization  of  Russia." — New  York 
World. 


"  The  narrative  is  highly  interesting  not  only 
to  those  who  study  war  as  an  art,  but  to  all  to 
whom  the  study  of  contemporary  history  is  more 
than  a  pastime,  and  worthy  of  serious  applica- 
tion. Its  attractiveness  for  this  wider  circle  of 
readers  it  owes  chiefly  to  its  plain  and  good  style, 
its  lucidity  of  statement,  and  the  clearness  and 
fullness  of  the  maps  which  accompany  it."— 
The  Nation. 

"  Lieutenant  Greene  has  shown  so  much  zeal, 
intelligence,  and  energy,  that  we  are  glad  to  see 
him  honored  and  rewarded  in  every  way.  He 
has  proved  himself  to  be  an  intelligent  and  acute 
observer,  and  what  he  says  has  the  value  of  the 
most  recent  observations  of  warfare  upon  a  large 
scale,  under  the  conditions  that  are  rendering 
obsolete  much  that  has  hitherto  been  accepted." 
— Army  and  Navy  Journal.         (She  next  paok.) 


NORTH   AMERICAN   REVIEW   ADVERTISER. 


OPINIONS   OF  THE  PRESS.— (Continued.) 


"Although  he  has  not  attempted  anything 
more  ambitious  than  a  report,  Lieutenant  Greene 
has  made  one  that  should  serve  as  a  model  to 
succeeding  writers  on  military  subjects.  With- 
out going  into  picturesque  details,  he  has  given 
us  a  volume  that  may  be  read  with  interest  by 
any  one,  and  has  made  a  valuable  addition  to  the 
literature  of  war.  His  statements  are  made  with 
frankness  and  with  justice,  and  he  has  avoided 
technicalities  and  made  a  clear  and  graphic  story 
of  the  Russian  campaign  in  Turkey,  that  is  not 
only  an  honor  to  himself,  but  which  reflects 
credit  upon  the  Government  which  was  wise 
enough  to  choose  him  for  this  delicate  mission." 
— New  York  Herald. 

"  The  author  of  the  present  work  is  fortunate 
in  possessing  more  than  one  important  qualifi- 
cation for  his  difficult  task.  As  an  engineer,  he 
is  peculiarly  fitted  to  criticise  a  conflict  in  which 
intreuchments  and  siege-works  played  so  promi- 
nent a  part.  As  an  eye-witness  of  several  of  the 
leading  battles  of  the  war,  he  has  the  priceless 
advantage  of  speaking  from  direct  personal  ex- 

Eerience.  As  an  attache  to  the  St.  Petersburg 
egation,  he  has  had  the  opportunity  of  becom- 
ing acquainted  with  the  Russians  in  peace  as 
well  as  sharing  their  fortunes  in  war;  and  in  all 
these  capacities  he  has  unquestionably  done  his 
work  well.  We  heartily  commend  both  the  text 
and  the  atlas  to  any  one  wishing  for  a  clear  idea 
of  one  of  the  most  remarkable  conflicts  of  mod- 
ern times." — New  York  Times. 

"The  book  is  sumptuously  printed,  and  is 
accompanied  by  an  atlas  containing  twenty-six 
plates,  showing  all  the  important  situations  of 
the  two  armies,  the  principal  passes,  and  gen- 
eral views  of  the  seat  of  war.  Lieutenant  Greene 
was  sent  abroad  to  observe  this  war  as  General 
McClellan  was  to  report  on  the  Crimean  war. 
The  report  of  the  former  can  hardly  fail  to  at- 
tract as  much  attention  as  that  of  the  latter  did. 
In  military  circles  Greene's  book  will,  in  all 
probability,  long  be  a  text-book,  and  a  source  of 
constant  discussion  as  well  as  of  instruction  to 
students  of  the  art  of  war.''''— Chicago  Tribune. 

"Lieutenant  Greene  was  a  witness  of  the 
principal  military  operations  of  the  war  in  Bul- 
garia and  Roumelia,  embracing  every  phase  of 
modern  warfare ;  and  the  signal  ability  displayed 
in  recording  these  events  in  the  compilation  of 
this  work,  the  clear,  comprehensive,  and  yet 
concise  analysis  of  each  progressive  step  in  the 
great  drama,  with  the  marked  absence  of  any- 
thing indicating  the  personality  of  the  author, 
will  cause  this  report  to  be  extensively  sought 
and  read  by  military  men,  as  well  as  by  the  pub- 
lic at  large." — Baltimore  American. 

"A  painstaking  and  useful  account  of  the 
recent  military  operations  in  the  Balkan  Penin- 
sula and  in  Armenia;  .  .  .  with  this  proviso,  that 
the  writer's  leanings  seem  to  us  on  the  wrong 
side,  we  are  able  to  commend  the  general  treat- 
ment of  the  theme." — New  York  Sun. 

"This  is  certainly  one  of  the  most  important 
contributions  to  military  history  which  have 
appeared  for  many  years.  Lieutenant  Greene 
brings  to  the  task  of  relating  the  Russo-Turkisdi 
war  the  advantage  of  having  been  present  at  a 


great  many  of  the  most  important  operations, 
including  the  third  battle  of  Plevna,  the  bloody 
actions  of  Shipka  at  the  end  of  August,  1877,  and 
the  passage  of  the  Balkans  with  Gourko's  column 
in  the  following  winter.  He  appears  to  have  had 
lull  access  to  all  the  field  orders  issued,  and  to 
have  been  on  intimate  terms  with  many  of  the 
principal  staff  officers,  and  has  thus  been  enabled 
to  prepare  a  strictly  accurate  account  of  the  war 
as  seen  from  the  Russian  side.  But  to  these  ad- 
vantages his  book  shows  that  Mr.  Greene  adds 
the  possession  of  special  qualifications  for  un- 
dertaking the  office  of  a  military  critic  and  his- 
toiian.  The  work  he  has  now  published  is  a 
singularly  clear  and  complete  record  of  the  war, 
which  ought  to  be  carefully  studied  by  every 
officer  in  the  British  army,  for  it  contains  a  great 
many  most  important  lessons  which  both  our 
army  and  Government  would  do  well  to  lay  to 
heart,  although,  from  our  usual  carelessness  in 
such  matters,  it  is  not  to  be  expected  that  we 
shall  do  so." — Saturday  Beview. 

"Possessed  of  keen  powers  of  observation, 
sharpened  by  a  scientific  military  education, 
Lieutenant  Greene  was  well  qualified  to  fill  the 
honorable  position  for  which  he  was  selected  by 
the  United  States  Government.  His  book  stamps 
him  a  military  historian  of  the  first  class.  Hav- 
ing a  thorough  grasp  of  his  subject,  he  marshals 
his  facts  before  us  with  military  conciseness, 
brushes  away  the  cobwebs  of  personal  achieve- 
ments with  which  other  narratives  of  this  war 
are  clouded,  follows  the  movements  of  the  Kus- 
sian  armies  with  painstaking  exactness,  lays 
bare  the  failings  of  the  commanders,  and  criti- 
cises with  no  unfriendly  yet  with  an  unsparing 
hand.  To  the  general  reader  this  work  can  not 
fail  to  be  of  interest;  but  to  the  military  student 
it  will  be  simply  invaluable.  The  book  is  one 
which  should  be  in  every  regimental  library." — 
The  London  Times. 

"  Lieutenant  Greene's  book  is  especially  ac- 
ceptable, as  it  contains  the  opinions  of  one  who, 
from  his  nationality  and  training,  may  be  ex- 
pected to  take  a  cosmopolitan  view  of  matters. 
He  was  favorably  placed  for  observing  the  cam- 
paign, on  the  Russian  side,  and  was  qualified  to 
act  as  a  critic.  His  book  possesses  the  advan- 
tage of  being  drawn  up  at  leisure,  and  correct- 
ed by  Russian  official  documents."—  The  Athe- 
naeum. 

"  Based  upon  official  reports,  corrected  by  his 
own  personal  observations  of  events,  and  with 
the  excellent  atlas  which  is  iesued  separately. 
Lieutenant  Greene's  work  deserves  to  rank  as 
the  text-book  of  the  late  Russo-Turkish  war.  from 
the  Russian  point  of  view."— Broad  Arrow. 

"  A  most  valuable,  indeed,  in  some  respects, 
invaluable  treatise.  Apart .from  the  accompany- 
ing volume  of  maps,  which,  for  excellency,  sur- 
pass any  we  have  ever  seen  to  illustrate  a  cam- 
paign, both  in  number  and  in  accuracy,  Mr. 
Greene's  work  is  one  of  the  most  valuable 
contributions  to  our  military  knowledge  pub- 
lished during  the  present  'generation.  Mr. 
Greene  has  in  this  work  conferred  a  boon  upon 
his  brother  soldiers  all  over  the  world,  and 
shows  himself  to  be  one  of  the  foremost  military 
critics  of  this  our  day."— Allen's  Indian  Mail. 


E^T*  For  sale  by  all  booksellers ;  or  sent  by  mail,  post-paid,  to  any  address  in  the 
United  States,  on  receipt  of  price. 

D.  APPLETON  &  CO.,  Publishers,  New  York. 


NORTH    AMERICAN    REVIEW    ADVERTISER. 


' ' — 

lw1 

0%£m$ 

P^> 

ypmSr  \JHH^  ^ 

m 

M$f  UV|NQ  i 

gg|A..  AGE.   jj 

\mSl 

*"^rB4Bfti^iSiii3 

HH 

r^||ta|  -'^-i—  09 

K?M 

1 

THE  GREATEST  LIVING  AUTHORS,  such,  as  Profes- 
sor Max  Muller,  Rig-lit  Hon.  W.  E.  Gladstone,  James  A. 
Eroude,  Professor  Huxley,  R.  A.  Proctor,  Edward  A.  Free- 
man, Professor  Tyndall,  Dr.  W.  B.  Carpenter,  Frances 
Power  Cobbe,  the  Duke  of  Argyll,  "William  Black,  Miss 
Thackeray,  Mrs.  Mulock-Craik,  George  MacDonald,  Mrs. 
Oliphant,  Jean  Ingelow,  Matthew  Arnold,  Henry  Kings- 
ley,  W.  W.  Story,  Turguenief,  Carlyle,  Ruskin,  Tennyson, 
Browning,  and  many  others,  are  represented  in  the  pages  of 

LITTELL'S  LIVING  AGE. 

January  1, 1880,  The  Living  Age  entered  upon  its  144sn  Volume,  admittedly  unri- 
valed and  continuously  successful.    A  Weeexy  Magazine,  it  gives  more  than 

Tliree   ^txxcS.   a,   Quarter   Tliousand. 

double-column  octavo  pages  of  reading-matter  yearly.  It  presents  in  an  inexpensive  form, 
considering  its  great  amount  of  matter,  with  freshness,  owing  to  its  weekly  issue,  and  with 
a  satisfactory  completeness  attempted  by  no  other  publication,  the  best  Essays,  Reviews,  Criti- 
cisms, Serial  and  Short  Stories,  Sketches  of  Travel  and  Discovery,  Poetry,  Scientific,  Bio- 
graphical, Historical,  and  Political  Information,  from  the  entire  body  of  Foreign  Periodical 
Literature. 

It  is  therefore  invaluable  to  every  American  reader,  as  the  only  satisfactorily  fresh  and 
COMPLETE  compilation  of  an  indispensable  current  literature— indispensable  because  it  em- 
braces the  productions  of  the 

ABLEST  LIVING  WRITERS 

in  all  branches  of  Literature,  Science,  Politics,  and  Art. 

"  It  covers  the  whole  field  of  literature,  and  covers  it  completely,  thoroughly,  and  impartially." 
—Times,  Cincinnati. 

"  It  affords  the  best,  the  cheapest,  and  most  convenient  means  of  keeping  abreast  with  the  prog- 
ress of  thought  in  all  its  phases.'''' — North  American,  Philadelphia. 

"  Gives  the  best  of  all  at  the  price  of  one."— New  York  Independent. 

"  It  is,  by  all  odds,  the  best  eclectic  published.'1'' — Southern  Churchman,  Richmond. 

"  It  so  fully  supplies  the  wants  of  the  reading  public  that  through  its  pages  alone  it  is  possible 
to  be  as  tlwroughly  well  informed  in  current  literature  as  by  the  perusal  of  a  long  list  of  month- 
lies."— Philadelphia  Inquirer. 

"  To  read  it  weekly  is  a  liberal  education.''''— Zion's  Herald,  Boston. 

"  With  it  alone  a  reader  may  fairly  keep  up  with  all  that  is  important  in  the  literature,  his- 
tory, politics,  and  science  of  the  day."— The  Methodist,  New  York. 

"  There  is  no  other  way  of  procuring  the  same  amount  of  excellent  literature  for  anything  like 
the  same  price."— Boston  Advertiser. 

"  It  is  indispensable  to  every  one  ivho  desires  a  thorough  compendium  of  all  that  is  ad- 
mirable and  noteworthy  in  the  literary  world."— Boston  Post. 

"  The  prince  among  magazines." — New  York  Observer. 

"  The  best  literature  of  the  day."— New  York  Times. 


The  Living  Age  is  published  weekly,  at  $8.00  a  year,  free  of  postage:  or,  for  $10.50,  The 
Living  Age  and  either  one  of  the  American  $4  Monthlies  (or  Harper's  Weekly  or  Bazar)  will 
be  seut  for  a  year,  both  post-paid  ;  or,  for  $9.50,  The  Living  Age  and  the  St.  Nicholas,  or  Ap- 
pletons>  Journal. 

Now  is  the  time  to  subscribe,  beginning  with  the  New  Year. 

1ST  EXTRA  OFFER    FOR   1 880. .£9 

To  all  new  subscribers  for  1880  will  be  sent  gratis  six  numbers  of  1879,  which  contain,  be- 
sides other  interesting  matter,  the  first  chapters  of  two  new  serial  stories  recently  begun  in 
The  Living  Age,  from  advance  sheets,  viz.:  "He  who  will  not  when  he  may,"  by  Mrs. 
OLIPHANT,  and  "  Adam  and  Eve,"  by  the  author  of  those  remarkably  attractive  stories, 
" Dorothy  Fox"  and  "Hero  Carthew." 

Address  L.  IT  TELL  &  CO.,  Boston. 


NORTH   AMERICAN   REVIEW   ADVERTISER. 


D.  APPLETON   &  COMPANY 

HAVE  JUST  PUBLISHED: 
I. 

Progress  ai\d  Poverty* 

AN  INQUIRY  INTO  THE  CAUSE  OF  INDUSTRIAL  DEPRESSIONS  AND 

OF    INCREASE    OF    WANT    WITH    INCREASE    OF    WEALTH:     THE 

REMEDY.     By  Henry  George.     1  vol.,  12mo,  512  pages.     Cloth.     Price, 

$2.00. 

Extract  from  Introduction. 
"  I  propose  to  seek  the  law  which  associates  poverty  with  progress,  and  increases  want  with  ad- 
vancing wealth ;  and  I  believe  that  in  the  explanation  of  this  paradox  we  shall  find  the  explanation 
of  those  recurring  seasons  of  industrial  and  commercial  paralysis  which,  viewed  independently  of 
their  relations  to  more  general  phenomena,  seem  so  inexplicable." 

II. 

The  Art  of  Speecl\. 

STUDIES  IN  POETRY  AND  PROSE.  By  L.  T.  Townsend,  D.  D.,  Professor 
in  Boston  University.     1  vol.,  18mo.     Cloth.     Price,  60  cents. 

Contents:  History  of  Speech;  Theories  of  the  Origin  of  Speech;  Laws  of  Speech;  Diction  and 
Idiom ;  Syntax ;  Grammatical  and  Ehetorical  Eules ;  Style ;  Figures ;  Poetic  Speech ;  Prose  Speech ; 
Poetic-Prose  Speech. 

III. 

Memoirs  of  Madame  de  I\emusat 

1802-1808.  With  a  Preface  and  Notes  by  her  Grandson,  Paul  de  Remusat, 
Senator.  Translated  from  the  French  by  Mrs.  Cashel  Hoey  and  John  Lillie. 
8vo,  paper.     In  three  volumes.     Volume  I.  now  ready.     Price,  50  cents. 

Madame  de  Kemusat  was  maid  of  honor  to  Josephine  from  1802  to  1808,  and  these  memoirs  are 
derived  from  a  diary  which,  though  afterward  destroyed,  yet  formed  the  foundation  of  the  present 
work,  which  was  carefully  guarded  by  her  son,  and  is  now  published  by  her  grandson.  The  value  of 
the  memoirs  rests  on  the  general  pictures  which  they  give  of  the  character  of  Napoleon,  his  relatives, 
and  his  favorites,  and  of  the  life  of  the  court. 

"It  would  be  easy  to  multiply  quotations  from  this  interesting  book,  which  no  one  will  take  up 
without  reading  greedily  to  the  end ;  but  enough  has  been  said  to  show  its  importance  as  illustrating 
the  character  and  the  policy  of  the  most  remarkable  man  of  modern  times,  for  appreciating  which 
Madame  de  Kemusat  is  likely  to  remain  one  of  the  principal  authorities.1' — London  Athenceum. 

IV. 

A  Class-Book  History  of  England. 

Illustrated  with  numerous  Woodcuts  and  Historical  Maps.  Compiled  for 
Pupils  preparing  for  the  Oxford  and  Cambridge  Local  Examinations,  and  for 
the  Higher  Classes  of  Elementary  Schools.  By  the  Rev.  David  Morris,  Clas- 
sical Master  in  Liverpool  College.  First  American  from  fifteenth  English  edi- 
tion.    1  vol.,  12mo.     Cloth.     Price,  $1.25. 

V. 

The  Englisl\  Language, 

AND  ITS  EARLY  LITERATURE.  By  J.  H.  Gilmore,  A.  M.,  Professor  of 
Logic,  Rhetoric,  and  English,  in  the  University  of  Rochester.  1  vol.,  12mo. 
Cloth.     Price,  60  cents. 

For  sale  by  all  booksellers ;  or  sent,  post-paid,  to  any  address  in  the  United  States,  on  receipt  of 
orice. 

D.  APPLETON  &  CO.,  Publishers,  New  York. 


6 


NORTH    AMERICAN    REVIEW    ADVERTISER. 


FOR  NEWSPAPERS  AND  MAGAZINES, 

AMERICAN  AND  FOREIGN. 


Send  for  our  Catalogue,  1880,  now  ready  for  distribution. 

%3f™  Everything  at  Club-Kates. 

Ip&~  Everything  sent  by  the  Publishes. 

&W°  Everything  free  of  Postage. 

Our  list  for  1880  gives  the  titles  and  club-prices  for  all  prominent 
periodicals,  American  and  English.    The  $4.00  Magazines  at  $3.45,  and 
others  in  proportion. 
|W°  Harper's  Young  People,  the  best  juvenile  weekly,  $1.35. 

We  make  the  import  of  Foreign  periodicals,  by  mail  or  otherwise,  a  specialty.    The  following  are 
samples  of  our  rates : 


Illus.  London  News  or  Graphic. .  .per  year,  $8  80 

Spectator  or  Saturday  Eeview "  7  56 

Athenaeum  or  Academy "  4  30 

Punch "  4  50 

Weekly  London  Times "  3  25 


London  Art  Journal  or  Portfolio,  .per  year,  $9  00 

(Sent  without  folding.) 
Cornhill.  Temple  Bar,  or  Belgravia.      "  4  00 
Contemporary  Eeview   or   Nine- 
teenth Century "  7  00 

Librarians  and  Managers  of  Book  Clubs  and  Reading  Associations   are  especially  re- 
quested to  notice  this.    Time,  labor,  and  money  are  saved  by  ordering  through  our  agency. 
Catalogue  sent  free  to  any  address  for  single  stamp.    Address 

ALBERT  H.  RQFFE  &  CO.,  I  I  Bromfielci  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 


S  £  B 


OME 


A   NOVEL. 

By  JULIAN    HAWTHORNE, 

author  of  "garth,"  "bressant,"  etc. 

From  the  London  Athenaeum. 

"Taken  merely  as  a  work  of  art,  'Sebastian  Strorne1— which  is  not  so  exaggerated  as  'Idolatry,' 
and  does  not  drag  like  '  Garth ' — may  be  pronounced  the  most  powerful  novel  Mr.  Hawthorne  has 
ever  written.  Indeed,  we  may  go  further,  and  say  that  not  many  more  remarkable  novels  by  any  au- 
thor have  appeared  of  late.  The  story  is  interesting,  and,  moving  swiftly  and  strongly  along,  it  carries 
the  reader  with  it.  The  force  and  vigor  of  some  of  the  scenes  are  balanced  by  the  grace  and  tenderness 
of  others.  There  are  some  delightful  descriptions  of  external  nature,  and  there  are  strange  glimpses 
into  human  nature,  which  have  rather  surprised  us." 

From  the  London  Spectator. 

"  This  is  a  story  marked  by  very  irregular  power,  but  very  powerful  throughout.  ...  It  is  not 
easy  to  conceive  any  sketches  finer  and  more  subtly  drawn  than  those  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Strome,  and 
of  Sebastian's  friend  Smillet.  These  three  are  not  common  pictures.  They  are  painted  without 
the  smallest  straining  after  effect,  but  with  the  vividness  of  real  genius;  and  this  it  is  which  makes  a 
tale  of  very  irregular  power,  and  one  composed  of  very  dark  and  sometimes,  indeed,  revolting  ele- 
ments, produce  on  the  whole  a  single  effect  on  the  mind — the  effect  of  the  delicate  golden  sunset 
seen  after  a  combination  of  earthquake,  dust-storm,  and  hurricane,  has  passed  in  succession  over  the 
land." 


8vo.     Paper  cover.     ("  Appletons1  Library  of  American  Fiction.'''')     Price,  75  cents. 
D.  APPLETON  &  CO.,  Publishers,  New  York. 


NORTH   AMERICAN   REVIEW   ADVERTISER. 


THE    ART  JOURNAL 

FOR  1880. 

NEW     FEATURES. 


With  THE  ART  JOURNAL  for  1880  will  be  given 

SUPPLEMENTS, 

Containing  Original  Designs  for  copying  on  Plaques,  Tiles,  Panels,  Screens,  Vases,  Fans,  etc.,  or 

for  other  purposes  in  which  the  amateur  may  desire  suggestions  for  Decorative  Drawing 

and  Painting.    Each  design  will  be  accompanied  with  suggestions  for  treatment. 


ILLUSTRATED   PAPERS,  Etc. 

LEAVES  FROM  PAINTERS'  PORTFOLIOS— We  shall  begin  in  an  early  number  a  series 
of  papers  of  an  eminently  interesting  and  artistic  character,  consisting  of  reproductions 
on  wood  of  studies,  sketches,  out-of-door  snatches  of  scenes  or  objects,  from  the  port- 
folios of  our  artists.  We  can  promise  subscribers  in  this  unique  series  drawings  of 
singular  freshness  and  charm. 

PRINCIPLES  OF  DECORATION.— We  have  begun  in  the  January  number  a  series  of  pa- 
pers explaining  and  illustrating  the  principles  of  Decorative  Art,  prepared  by  Mrs.  Susan 
N.  Carter,  Superintendent  of  the  Woman's  Art  School,  Cooper  Union,  New  Tork. 

STUDIO-LIFE  IN  NEW  YORK.    With  Illustrations. 

PRIZE  DESIGNS  FOR  ART-MANUFACTURE. 

THE  MOSQUES  OF  EGYPT.  By  E.  T.  Rogers  and  M.  E.  Rogers.  Illustrated  by  G. 
L.  Seymour. 

OTHER  EGYPTIAN  SUBJECTS.    By  the  same  authors  and  artist. 

AMERICAN  PAINTERS.— Examples  of  the  current  productions  of  American  Artists,  en- 
graved in  an  artistic  manner. 

BRITISH  AND  CONTINENTAL  PAINTERS.- Examples,  engraved  on  wood,  of  the 
works  of  leading  artists  abroad. 

DOMESTIC  ARCHITECTURE.— A  series  of  papers  giving  instruction  in  and  designs  for 
the  erection  of  rural  cottages,  suburban  villas,  etc. 

RIVER  SCENERY.    By  Professor  Ansted. 

CAUSES  OF  VARIETIES  OF  ARCHITECTURE  IN  SYRIA.  By  M.  E.  Rogers.  With 
Illustrations. 

ILLUSTRATIONS  OF  AMERICAN  AND  FOREIGN  ART-MANUFACTURES. 

VIEWS  OF  NEW  CHURCHES,  BUILDINGS,  AND  MONUMENTS. 


STEEL    EXSra-K,^^."VI3STC3-S_ 
Each  number  of  The  Art  Journal  contains  three  Steel  Engravings  or  Etchings,  from  Paint- 
ings by  distinguished  artists,  or  subjects  in  Sculpture. 


The  Art  Journal  contains  the  Steel  Plates  and  Illustrations  of  the  London  Art  Journal 
{the  exclusive  right  of  which,  for  Canada  and  the  United  States,  has  been  purchased  by  the  under- 
signed ),  with  additions  specially  prepared  for  the  American  edition,  mainly  relating  to  American 
art.  It  contains  features  that  render  it  invaluable  to  artists,  amateurs,  and  all  persons  inter- 
ested in  Painting,  Sculpture,  Architecture,  Decoration,  Furnishing,  Ornamentation, 
Engraving,  Etching,  or  Designing  in  any  of  its  branches.  It  is  a  record  of  Progress  in  the 
Arts;  affords  instruction  to  amateurs  and  students ;  furnishes  designers  with  innumerable  sug- 
gestions; gives  examples  of  what  is  doing  in  Europe  and  America  in  the  different  arts  ;  is  a 
choice  gallery  of  engravings  in  both  steel  and  wood. 

Published  monthly.  Sold  only  by  Subscription.  Price,  75  cents  per  number  (payable  to  the 
carrier),  or  $9.00  per  annum,  in  advance,  postage  prepaid  by  the  publishers. 

D.  APPLETON  &  CO.,  Publishers,  New  York, 

Agencies:  Boston,  6  Ha wley  Street :  Philadelphia,  922  Chestnut  Street:  Baltimore,  22  Post- 
Office  Avenue  ;  Pittsburg,  10^"  Sixth  Street;  Rochester,  42  State  Street;  Cincinnati,  200  Main 
Street ;  Chicago,  61  Washington  Street;  St.  Louis,  320^  North  Third  Street;  New  Orleans, 
20  St.  Charles  Street ;  San  Francisco,  207  Dupont  Street. 


NORTH    AMERICAN    REVIEW    ADVERTISER. 


Appletons'  Journal: 

A    MAGAZINE     OF     GENERAL     LITERATURE 


Appletons'  Journal  is  devoted  to  literature  of  a  sterling  and  general  character. 
Fiction  occupies  a  place,  and  Descriptive  Papers  appear  ;  but  large  place  is  given  to 
articles  bearing  upon  Literary  and  Art  Topics,  to  discussions  of  Social  and  Political 
Progress,  to  papers  addressed  distinctly  to  the  intellectual  tastes  of  the  public,  or  upon 
subjects  in  which  the  public  welfare  or  public  culture  is  concerned. 

It  is  the  growing  habit  of  the  leading  minds  in  all  countries  to  contribute  their 
best  intellectual  work  to  the  magazines  and  reviews  ;  and,  in  order  that  Appletons' 
Journal  may  adequately  reflect  the  intellectual  activity  of  the  time  thus  expressed, 
it  admits  to  its  pages  a  selection  of  the  more  noteworthy  critical,  speculative,  and 
progressive  papers  that  come  from  the  pens  of  these  writers. 


25  cents  per  number ;  $3.00  per  annum,  in  advance,  postage  included.  A  club  of 
five  will  be  sent  one  year  for  $12.00. 

The  volumes  begin  January  and  July  of  each  year.  Subscriptions  received  for 
any  length  of  time. 


The  Popular  Science  Monthly. 

Conducted  by  E.  L  and  W.  J.  YOUMANS. 


Containing  instructive  and  interesting  articles  and  abstracts  of  articles,  original, 
selected,  and  illustrated,  from  the  pens  of  the  leading  scientific  men  of  different  coun- 
tries ;  accounts  of  important  scientific  discoveries ;  the  application  of  science  to  the 
practical  arts ;  the  latest  views  put  forth  concerning  natural  phenomena,  by  savants 
of  the  highest  authority. 

Prominent  attention  is  given  to  those  various  sciences  which  help  to  a  better  un- 
derstanding of  the  nature  of  man,  to  the  bearings  of  science  upon  the  questions  of 
society  and  government,  to  scientific  education,  and  to  the  conflicts  which  spring  from 
the  progressive  nature  of  scientific  knowledge! 

The  Popular  Science  Monthly  was  enlarged,  beginning  with  the  issue  for  January, 
1879.  It  is  handsomely  printed  on  clear  type,  and,  when  necessary  to  further  convey 
the  ideas  of  the  writer,  fully  illustrated. 


Terms  :  $5.00  per  annum  ;  or,  50  cents  per  number. 

The  volumes  begin  May  and  November  of  each  year.  Subscriptions  may  begin 
at  any  time. 

The  Popular  Science  Monthly  and  Appletons'  Journal,  together,  for  $7.00  per 
annum,  postage  prepaid.     (Full  price,  $8.00.) 

D.   APPLET  ON  &  CO.,  Publishers,  New  York. 


1880. 


THE  FOUR  QUARTERLY  REVIEWS 


AND 


BLACKWOOD'S  EDINBURGH  MAGAZINE. 
The  Leonard  Scott  Publishing  Company, 

41  Barclay  Street,  New  York, 

CONTINUE  THEIR  AUTHORIZED  REPRINTS  OF 

THE  EDINBURGH  REVIEW  (Whig), 

THE  WESTMINSTER  REVIEW  (Literal), 

THE  LONDON  QUARTERLY  REVIEW  {Conservative), 

THE  BRITISH  QUARTERLY  REVIEW  (Evangelical), 
and  BLACKWOOD'S  EDINBURGH  MAGAZINE. 


Tie  REVIEWS  are  puMsM  Quarterly,  and  date!  January,  April,  July,  and  October. 

BLACKWOOD  is  Monthly. 

Volumes  commence  in  January  and  July.    Subscriptions  may  begin  at  any  time. 

TERMS  FOR  1880  (INCLUDING  POSTAGE), 


PAYABLE  STRICTLY  IN  ADVANCE. 


For  any  one  Eeview $4  per  annum. 

For  any  two  Keviews 7       " 

For  any  three  Reviews 10       " 

For  all  four  Eeviews 12       " 

For  Blackwood's  Magazine 4       " 


For  Blackwood  and  one  Eeview. . .  $7  per  annum. 

For  Blackwood  and  two  Eeviews. .  10       " 

For  Blackwood  and  three  Eeviews.18       '' 

For  Blackwood  and  the  } 

. . . .15       " 


four  Eeviews,  f 

These  reprints,  which  have  been  established  in  this  country  for  nearly  half  a  century,  are 
sanctioned  by  the  British  Publishers,  who  receive  annually  a  large  amount  for  early  sheets;  they  are 
NOT  SELECTIONS ;  they  give  the  originals  IN  FULL,  and  the  whole  five  are  supplied  at  about 
ONE-THIED  the  price  of  the  English  editions.  The  Leonard  Scott  Publishing  Company  are  the 
legitimate  successors  of  the  founders  of  this  series,  which  from  the  outset  up  to  the  present  time  has 
been  received  with  favor  by  the  press  and  the  public  generally,  on  the  ground  of  presenting  the  best 
foreign  periodicals  in  a  convenient  form  and  at  a  reasonable  price,  without  abridgment  or  alteration. 

Their  edition  of  Blackwood's  Magazine  is  a  fac-simile  of  the  original.  This  magazine  is  still 
published  by  the  descendants  of  the  founder. 

The  Eeprints  of  the  Eeviews  have  a  page  slightly  larger  than  that  of  the  foreign  copy ;  but  the 
type  and  paper  are  clear  and  good  (with  the  January  numbers  there  will  be  further  improvement), 
and  the  numbers  can  be  handled  without  inconvenience,  and  make  handsome  volumes  when  bound. 
Indexes  are  given  to  each  volume. 

THE  LEONARD  SCOTT  PUBLISHING  COMPANY, 

41  Barclay  Street,  New  York. 


^i.uo^.otHMl^l 


/ 


CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS' 

NEW   PUBLICATIONS. 


Tl\e  EmOtiOI\S.     By  James  McCosh,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  President 

of  Princeton  College.     1  vol.,  8vo.     $2.00. 

Communism  ar\d  Socialism  in  their  History  and 

Theory  ;  a  Sketch.  By  Theodore  D.  Woolsey,  D.  D.,  LL.  D.,  lately  President  of 
Yale  College.     1  vol.,  12mo.     $1.50. 

The  Autobiography  of  Prince  Metternich.   Ed- 

ited  by  his  Son,  Prince  Metternich.  Translated  by  Robina  Napier.  2  vols.,  8vo. 
With  Portrait  and  Fac-similes.     $5.00. 

The  Life  ai\d  Works  of  Gilbert  Stuart.     By 

George  C.  Mason.  Containing  ten  reproductions  of  Stuart's  Portraits,  printed  in 
Paris,  by  the  photogravure  process  of  Messrs.  Goupil  &  Company ;  a  superb  print 
in  pure  line  by  Burt  of  the  "  Gibbs  Washington  " ;  an  etched  fac-simile  by  Duthie 
of  Stuart's  pen-and-ink  Portrait  of  Himself;  and  an  engraving  by  Cole  of  Miss 
Good  ridge's  miniature  of  the  artist.     1  vol.,  4to.    $10.00. 

Brazil :  the  Air\azons  ar\d  tl\e  Coast.   By  Herbert 

H.  Smith.  Illustrated  from  Sketches  by  J.  Wells  Champney  and  others.  1  vol., 
8vo.     Extra  cloth,  $5.00. 

History  of  tl\e   I\ise   of  tl\e  Huguenots  of 

France.  By  Henry  M.  Baird,  Professor  in  the  University  of  the  City  of  New 
York.     With  Map.     2  vols.,  8vo.     Cloth,  gilt  top,  $5.00. 

The  Letters  of  Cl\arles  Dickens.    Edited  by  his  sis- 

ter-in-Law  and  his  Eldest  Daughter.  With  several  Fac-simile  Letters.  2  vols., 
12mo.     Cloth,  $3.00. 

The  Boy'S  FroiSSart.  Edited,  with  an  Introduction,  by 
Sidney  Lanier.  With  Illustrations  by  Alfred  Kappes.  1  vol.,  crown  8vo.  Extra 
cloth,  $3.00. 

Tl\e  Serpent-Charmer.  A  Tale  of  the  Indian  Mutiny. 
By  Louis  Rousselet,  author  of  "  India  and  its  Native  Princes."  Translated  from 
the  French  by  Mary  de  Hauteville.  1  vol.,  crown  8vo,  extra  cloth,  numerous  Illus- 
trations, $2.50. 

Tl\e  ExploratiOX\  Of  tl\e  World.  Famous  Travels 
and  Travellers.  By  Jules  Verne.  1  vol.,  8vo,  extra  cloth,  with  more  than 
100  full-page  Engravings,  $3.50. 

*♦*  These  boohs  are  for  sale  by  all  booksellers,  or  will  be  sent,  prepaid,  upon  receipt  of  price,  by 

CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S   SONS, 

Nos.  743  &  745  Broadway,  New  York.